Gurbani Contemplation - Dakhni Oangkaar and Sidh Gost

Dekhni Oangkaar &
Sidh Gost

SRI GURU GRANTH SAHIB JI ACADEMY

1
st
Edition- 2012
si qgu r pR sw i d]
gu rbwxI i vcwr dKxI EAM kwru
sR I gu rU gR M Q sw ihb jI AkY fmI
!
Sri Guru Granth Sahib Ji Academy Gurbani Contemplation Dekhni Oangkaar !!!!!!!!
!
SRI GURU GRANTH SAHIB JI ACADEMY!
Dekhni!Oangkaar!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
A"SRI"GURU"GRANTH"SAHIB"JI"ACADEMY"PUBLICATION"

gu rbw xI ivcw r gu rbw xI ivcw r dKxI dKxI EAM kw r EAM kw ru u ! ! !!!!!!!!!!Gurbani Contemplation- Dekhni Oangkaar

Sri Guru Granth Sahib Ji Academy Gurbani Contemplation- Dekhni Oangkaar poQI pMnw 1 (Page 1 of 110 )
!
N : N N U H| HU UH|ml HH UF UH |8 U U| U |N
UmN H |U'N HJlU (|H H|) U HU J, J8 l mN |UN l M|Nml
m' |J H|, N H| '|m J U|! | m' J| F HFU J |N
|Ul U m | HFU J1 l |NJ |Ul U m |N NN m HFU H
J| HFU1 |H M N H| |UH F| U 8F N|1

Prologue: Once Guru Nanak Dev Ji visited the south, there was a Shivas temple at the bank
of river Narbeda by the name of Oangkaar. In the temple one teacher was teaching alphabets
to number of children, Guru Ji approached and ask Dear brother, you only know to teach
alphabets or you also understand the meanings of these alphabets. The teacher answered I
dont know the meanings of these alphabet, please kindly be graceful and utter the meanings.
Guru Ji then uttered the following hymn.
!
HNM| HJM 9
N N U H| Um HNM| N| |8 8F N|| F|1
Guru!Nanak!Dev!Ji!uttered!the!following!hymn!in!Ramkali!Ragni.!

UF| UmN
UF| UmN |UH F| U |HM J1
Dekhni!Oangkaar!is!the!title!of!the!hymn.!
!
W H|N H|U v
|U'N mU HH J, H H|ml U NHN J m H H8 N U| |N Um
N| H HNU J1
There! is! one! without! any! else! (Eak),! universal! creator! (Ongkar),! True! in! all! past,! present! and! future!
(Sat),! vanishes! the! darkness! of! ignorance! with! brightness! of! knowledge! (Gur),! attainable! with! such!
Gurus!grace!(Persad).!!


UmN| ; JH | v
UmN ; N|m |H| |8| v
U m:- UmN|-H |mN HH, the creator, omnipresent1 JH-
Brahma- the constructor1 |-|, creation1 N|m- did1 |H|- who1
|8|- remember1
H |mN m H|ml U NHN HH JH U | HH J|Um, |UJ JH
NF J! |HH H |mN m NHN HH U |HH N|1
Almighty the universal creator (Oangkar) created Brahma, who is Brahma?
Brahma who remembered Almighty. (Note: Almighty is known as Oangkar when He creates
the universe)
!
UmN| ; HM HN U v
UmN| ; U |HU v
U m:- HM-, mountain1 HN-8 HN H|HN, , Um, NMHN,
age-Satyug, Tretha, Duapur & Kalyug1 U-8 U |NU, UHU, HHU,
mU, Vedas1 |HU-U JU, created1
H HH J| 8 |Um8M, mH8M, ||m8M, HU8M JU J m
HH H |8N |UH| J1 H J| 8 HN H|HN, , Um, NMHN
U JU1 H HH J| 8 U |N U, UH U, HH U, m U U JU1
It is all from Almighty, the universal creator (Oangkar), four (4) mountains (Udachal,
Astachal, Bindyachal and Mundrachal) is created in order to establish the earth code and
divided the duration of the creation in four (4) ages (Sat-yug, Thretha-yug, Duapur-yug &
Kal-yug).
It is from Almighty, the universal creator (Ongkar) the knowledge (Vedh there are 4 early
scriptures Rig, Yujhar, Sham & Atherban) is created.


UmN| ; H|U v
UmN| ; NH| v
U m:- H|U- HU |8 H N, the Gurus sermons1 -KF 8U J,
saved from drowning in worldly ocean1 NH|-H| N Um, through a
Guru1 - swim across1
H| N U HU |8 H N H HH U| HJ|U M HH U |Nl |8 KF
8U J1 N Um H HH U |HH M H| HH HHU |8 MWU
J1
It is all from Almighty, the universal creators (Ongkaar) meditation that jeev (being) obtains
salvation and Almighty has saved the divine knowledge from demons (the five vices).
With Almightys meditation through Guru, jeev (being) swims across this materialistic
worldly ocean.
!
UH m ; HFJ |8 v
U m:- UH:-HNM H, HHN N UN HH1 m-m= beyond +
=destruction1 HFJ-listen1 |8-contemplation1 |F-| , three
worlds1
HNM H, HHN N UN H HH J, H U |8 HF1 UH H H |J
J |l l U H |Hl J v9v
Almighty who is worthy of salutation (namaskar prostrate in respect) and beyond
destruction (Abinasi imperishable) therefore listen to the contemplation of Almighty who is
the principal of all the three worlds.


H|F K ; |Nm |MJ HHM v
|M , H H ; NH| NM v9v J v
U m:- H|F-listen1 K-Pandit, scholar1 |Nm-what1 |MJ-|MF, write,
compose1 HHM- , HH|N M, bondage1 |M-write1 NH|-N
Um, through the leader Guru1 NM-Universal Sustainer1
J lK! HF, || U-|U HH|N H|Mml H J |Ul ml M|
|MU| |MF U NU| m|HN M J| J HNU1 N Um |HH| U HMN HH
U H J| mF H |8 |Mv9v Jv
Dear Pandit listen, why are you writing the letters, which creates bondage of deeds (karma).
Through Guru write the omnipresent (Ram) universal sustainer (Gopal) Almightys Name.
Pause (Rahao)
!
!
HH H HN HJ|H |Um ; || |UN H| v
U m:- HH-HH m Um, the letter H1 H-entire 1HJ|H-HJH J|, |
|NH UH U, without any effort, with ease1 |Um-created1 || -|l
l mNH, M, H MN |8, three worlds1
HH m Um N NU J |N |UN H| H HH | H HN
|l U U N| J1
The contemplation of the letter Sesa, is that the three worlds form of the entire universal is
created by the Almighty without any effort (sehaj) means it is created in an instant.



NH| H | J ; 8|F M HFN H| v
U m:- H-material, commodity1 |-obtain1 8|F M-8F MU J,
pick, collect1 HFN-Gem1 H|-pearl1
H H N U UH H 8MU J, J H | N, H| 8F MU J H
HN Um NFl U J m l |UH HH |8 mH H JU|
|H H U| |1
Those Gurmukh who picks the virtues of believing (Manak- gem) and ascetic (Moti-pearl)
means that those who embraces virtues through congregations of those who have control over
their mind (Sadh Sangat) obtains the principal (Atam) form of material (vastu) in this world
means one who collects the divine virtues is enlightened and unites with the real-self
(Almighty).
HH H | | ; m| || H8 v
U m:- HH-to understand1 H-realise1 |-read1 -ask, enquire1
m|-m , finally1 ||-|UN H, J l HHU, consistent1 H8-| |JF
M, permenant1
Nl N m HH H H|N F UH HHF Um m|mH
NN |JN l N J |UHU J H H|ml |8 |UN H JN |J J1
Upon reading the divine books one who seeks wisdom from the True Guru pertaining
Almightys form and through the understanding of Gurus sermon (instruction) and practices
(abhiase) accordingly, the ultimate form of all ages (duration), consistent and true Almighty
becomes obvious. Guru Ji explains that mere reading and acquired theoretical knowledge is
not enough as self-realisation comes through the wisdom of the true Guru.
NH| U H8 HHM ; | H8 HN N8 v7v
U m:- U-see1 H8 HHM-HU | |JF M HH UU NU J1 |-
without1 N8-H, unriped, false1
NH H HU H UU NU J m | |JF M HH J l U J
mF |JU |8 HU J1 H H8 HH |l mH NHl H HH
H |UHU Jv7v
Those Gurmukh who remember the true Almightys Name, sees with contemplation (vichar) form of
eyes that without the true Almighty, the name sake universe is unriped (kacha) and false (mithia).

, H H | ; NFN| H | v
U m:- H -H UHU J1 H |-H U| |1 NFN|-NFl
U N M, meritorious1 |-|H, ||Nm J|Um, fortitude, steadfast1
m U |UJ |8 J |N HJH J H U J H H J m H
H NFl NN J, |UH NN |Ul NFN| (NFl N M) U H H J
|H U J, H HH U| | U H M J| |UJ H| H
NN J m H NFl U N M J| H U |H JU J1
The contemplation of the alphabet Dhedha!(DGDh) is that only those great ones (Mahatma) embraces
the religion (faith) which is perfect (means their practices is pure which does not offend any religion),
such virtues (meritorious) ones obtains minds fortitude (Dhiraj). Guru Ji defines that a true religious
person as the one who adopts the faith with complete virtues (values) means that the virtues are more
important then the rituals. Guru Ji clearly defined that the perfect religion leads a person to
Almightys union only if one practices the religion sincerely without any hypocrisy. Sikh religion
respects all the religions and emphasizes that one should be focussed self-improvement instead of
arguments.
, |M H| HH|N ; N8 U H v
U m:- |M-8 , dust of the feet1 -flies onto, spreads over,
smears1 H| HH|N-HJ (face) ', H (forehead) '1 N8-H, Gold1
H-H|m MJ, iron dross1
Um N|JU J |HH H U HJ-H N U 8l U| H, J H
N H JU MJ H F HlU J, m J H H U| l H N|H| J
HlU J |JN U J| F HlU J1
Through the Dhedha! (DGDh) alphabet Guru Ji says that when the feet dust of such supreme
ones (as! describe in the earlier line) touches the forehead one becomes pure although the
person was dirty (sinful) means becomes the pure Almightys form. Guru Ji describes
through an example of metal dross (manur) transforming into pure gold which is impossible
but for an human to unite with Almighty is possible by the dust of the feet of those who are
united.


F| m| mH| ; |M |M H8 v
U m:- -Great, Praiseful1 F|-|| M, Universal
support1 mH|-HH |J, beyond birth1 M-weight but here it means
contemplation1 |M-speech but here it means true1 -complete, perfect1
| (F|) M HH J, J H|m |J l UN J,
H U |8 (M) | M | H8 J1
The Universal Embracial (Dharni-dhar) means that Almighty who is the One who is the sole
support of the Universe, who is beyond birth (Ajuni unborn) and whose comtemplation is
perfect and true;
Second meaning: Those saints whose true wealth is Almighty, their contemplation (vichar) is
perfect and their speech is true as well means whatever they utter turns into reality.
!
N N| |H| N HF ; N HF N H vv
U m:- N-|JN, Creator means Almighty1 |H|-HUU, Practice,
Code of Conduct1 HF-knows1 N-Hl, or1 H-worrior1
N U| HUU N m HFU J Hl N HFU J H HH J1 N HH |UH
NN J N l NH, N, M, HJ mJN |H|m Jvv
The rules (practices) of the creator (Karta-Almighty) is known to the creator or the warrior
(Surma brave) Guru. Guru is described as a worrior because He is victorious over all the
enemies such as lust, anger, greed, attachment, ego, etc.

|m N|Um UH |Um ; N| NM | |Um v
U m:- |m-N U |U UH, knowledge1 N|Um-to lose1 UH-N
UH |l N J, other then Almighty (Maya)1 |Um-8N MN, like,
prefer1 N|-mJN |8, in ego1 NM-NM NU, |N NU, rotten, putrefied1
|-H|J, poison1
|HH H N U |U UH |Nm N|Um J m HU |8 J| m |8
M|Um H H H| J| | HU U ||Hml | | N NH|m J
|UH U mJN |8 J| NM NU J (J mJN |8 |W HlU J |N N mHN
H U HM mJN H|J J1
The jeev (being) who losses knowledge by loving Maya (which is describes as other then
Almighty), means that the being (jeev) who did not obtain knowledge will be putrefied
(rotten) in ego because Maya creates desires and desires created ego therefore he/she
consumes the desires form of poison which has diminished their wisdom and they are totally
ignorant about the Almightys existence.
!
N H N| U J| ; HF|m N|J N| N|Um v
U m:- N-Guru1 H- mU, bliss1 N|- F|, song which means here
Gurus Hymn or Sermons1 U- N U N, Contemplation which means
here Gurus Wisdom1 J| - 8N J| MNU, dislike1 N|J- mJ HH,
profound1 N|- m NFl U HMN , unfathomable (beyond
measurements)1
|HH H UH U N H|N U| F| U mU N U UH J| U,
J H mJ NFl U HMN HH | HlU J1
Those who did not listen to the uttered Gurus ambrosial form of praise means that the ones
who have forgotten the Almighty who is Profound and beyond measurements.
!
!

N| H8 N|Jm m|H M|Jm ; H| | H8 H|Umv
U m:- N|-N1 H8-true1 N|Jm-UH, Sermons1 HU | |JF M
HH |HH|m J1 M|Jm-M |Mm1 H|-H |81 |-H| |81 H8-HU
| |JF M HH1 H|Um-|m MN1
|HH H N HU | |JF M HH U UH |U J, H UH |
m|H J|HM N |Mm J1 | H J HH H |8 |m MNU J
H J| N| NU J1
Whomsoever receives the true form (Sach Roop) sermons from Guru obtains the nectar
(Amrit) form of sermon, thereafter the truth (Almighty) pleases their mind and body which
means that the mind and body meditates.

m NH| m U ; m m|H |m|Um v0v
U m:- m-Himself1 NH|-the leader Guru1 U-gives1
J m J| H| N J N m J| H m|H |UU J m m J| H|NmH
J N H m|H U |F | mU J v0v
Guru Himself makes the other to drink nectar and He Himself becomes the devotee who
drinks the nectar means that ultimately Almighty is the only One within all so He is the Giver
and He is Receiver. In this manner a person who practices the Gurus sermon becomes free
from ego and self-conceit.!
UN UN NJ H NU| ; JH N |m v
U m:- UN UN-|H |UN HH J|, one and only1 H NU|-JN H|,
commonly by all1 N-JN, ego1 |m-H U| U J, subsist, remain1
N|JF J NU| mU J |UN HH J| HH J, mU l H| U JN
m Ul U JN |m |J J1
For the sake of saying everyone says that Almighty is One but within the self ego of physical
body and pride of wealth subsist (exist) means that although it is a common fact known to all
that Almighty is the One and Only but truly believing the fact will unite one with Almighty
otherwise it is just a say and the self-ego continue to amplify within.

m| J| UN F ; |U W HJM |H v
U m:- m|-within1 J|-externally1 F-recognise1 |U-in this
manner1 W HJM-H, Real-self, Atma, Almighty1 |H-|HmF m HlU| J,
recognise1
|HJ H mF |JU |8 m H| |HH| |8 |UN HH U| |J8 NU J
l U UH M Jl | mF |H H U| |HmF m HlU| J1
Those who recognizes one (Almighty) internally and externally, through them the ones who
listens to their sermons recognizes the true form (Almighty). Guru Ji points out the most
important point that if One do not see Almighty within and outside will never be able to
recognize Almighty at all.
!
J| U| HFJ ; UN |HH| HU| v
U m:- -near1 U| HFJ-|JN |N U HH, 1 UN-|UN
J|1 |HH|-world1 HU|-H|, entire1
|JU mU H |J J1 H mF U HH1 |UN
HH J| H| |HH| |8 |UU| |UU J1
Therefore do not assume Almighty is far away instead he is near as He (Almighty) is the only
one seen everywhere in this universe as He is the true observer within.

UNN m J| UH ; N UN HHU| vv
U m:- UNN-H |mN HH, omnipresent 1 m-other then1
HHU|-J l HHm |J J, immersed within all1
H |UN UmN |l UH NU| J J| J1 N N U H| N NU J, |N
H|m |8 |UN H-|mN HH HHm |J J m |UN |8 J| H| 8
HHm HlU| J vv
So there is only Almighty and no other, Guru Ji says that the whole universe will be absorbed
into the one (Almighty) means that while the creation is in existence Almighty remain within
the creation and when the creation vanishes everything is absorbed into Him and He alone
remains.

|UH N N |N N|J ; m|U |MU HU| v
U m:- |UH-this (mind)1 N-creator (of thoughts)1 |N-|NH l, |N!,
How?1 N|J - N N, capture or to hold1 m|U- mH, unbendable,
stubborn1 |MU HU|-|Mm J| H HNU, unweightable1
|UH N NU H |NH l N N, |N|N |UH H U N mH |UH |MU|
|UH |m J| H HNU m |Mm J| H HNU1 |UJ H | |8 M |
|8 HH J HlU J UMU |JU J1
How to hold this mind who has became the creator and creation itself as this mind is
unbendable (stubborn) and immeasurable means that the mind transforms rapidly.
!
H|Um N U ; F| | N| U| v
U m:- U|-HM , crazy, fool1 F|-one with life-forces means
human, being1 |-false1 N|-N H|, N-|, |8, the plant of thug
means false desires1
|UJ F| H|Um U HN MN N M J J J1 H|Um U HM H| N-
| 8H| JU| J1
This human (Prani-one with life-forces) is made foolish by the mammon (maya) by by
influencing with deceive (cheat) herb of false desires.
M| M| HJ|H |N ; |U || U| v
U m:- M|- Ul U F U 8HN Hl MM8, the greed of consumption1
M|- Ul |UN N U MM8, the greed of accumulation1 HJ|H-HH|
|8, in the influence/control1 |N- J J J, spoiled1 |U-H
HH, in present time1 ||-, again and again1-m , At the end1
|UJ H| Ul U F |8 (M|), Ul |UN N |8 (M|) m U U|
HH| |8 J J J1 H| H HH |8 m m MN |8
(||) U J1
In the influence of greed of consumption (Lab) and greed of collection (Lob) jeev is being
spoiled therefore the jeev regrets in the present time, will regret during death and will
continue to grieve again and again.

UN H N| |H| ; mF HF JU| vv
U m:- UN-|UN HH, Almighty1 H-|HHU J, recites1 N|-HH
U| N|1 |H|-HH U| |H|, HH U| |KmU|1 JU|-HNU J, ends1
HU H |UN HH |HHU J U HH M H U| HF |J8F J HlU|
J1 HH U| |KmU| U| |UH HH U| J |UH U HH-H HN HlU
Jvv
The jeev who stays obedient to one (Almighty) obtains the true practice leading towards
salvation only then the jeev becomes free from the cycle of reincarnation. Guru Ji apparently
explains the principal that Almighty is the only one within the entire creation in next lines.

UN m8 N ; |UN v
U m:- UN-|UN HH J|, the! one! and! only! Almighty1 m8-N-|J,
deed1
|UN HH m J| J l |mN J N HN U| |UJ H| |N N N |J J1
|UN m J| HH U H N mF m N N |J J1
The one Almighty is the form of all deeds (karma) and form of all colours (Rang-happineess,
sadness, richness, poverty, power [rajo], consume[tamo], meditation[sato], peace, troubles,
disasters, etc.) is also the sole Master within all and the true form of all.

F F| mN| ; mH v
U m:- F-air1 F|-water1 mN|-fire1 mH-H1
J, F|, mN| | |UN HH m J| J1
Almighty alone is also the form of air, water and fire.
!
UN ; |J M|U v
U m:- -H| 1 -| |J J1 |J M|U-|l MNl |8, in! all!
three!worlds1
|UN HH m J| H| J N |l MNl |8 | |J J1
The one Almighty in the form of jeev (being) wanders in all three worlds.

UN ; H | J|U v
U m:- UN-only! one1 -H, realise,! know1 |-mU, H|N,
honour1
H H H HH J l |mN HHU J, |HH J l HH J| |UHU J,
J mU H|N JHM NU J1
The honour of those shall remain who understands (Buje) Almighty through a True Guru
thereafter Almightys existence becomes obvious before their sight (Suje).

|Nm |m M ; HHH| J v
U m:- |Nm-HH M HF-F, knowledge1 |m-HH |8 |N|
JU| H, unite!with!Almighty1 HHH|-, |, JN |J1
H H H|N U |Nm J| HH M HF-F F N H |8 H |N
N | H|F M FU J, m|HJ H H HH N MU J1
Through Gurus knowledge those who adopts Almightys concentration with a consistent
state of mind shall remain means that those shall stay united with Almighty and obtain
salvation (free from reincarnations cycle).

NH| UN ; |M N MJ v
U m:- UN- U|N, one1 |M- |M, rare1!
NU| |M J| NH H |UH |Nm |m Um |UH UN NU J1
However only Gurmukh attains such union among all there are such rare ones. Guru Ji makes
it very clear that there but rare ones who becomes Gurmukh by sacrifing their self to attain
the supreme.
|HH U|U ; |N H U v
U m:- N|- N|, bless1!
|HH H mF| |HJ Um |UJ U |UU J, J H HFU J1
To whomever the Almighty blesses through his grace, those fortunate ones obtains happiness
means the everlasting joy and pleasure.
!

N Um ; m| HFU v?v
U m:- Um- J|, through1HFU, giving!a!sermon1!
J HH N U J| mF H-|mN U UH HFU Jv?v
However the sermons should be presented in Gurus way means that the disciple should be
with the four qualities and ever willing to perform voluntary service only then one becomes
qualified to receive Gurus sermons. He, then utter and preaches the True Name, through the
Guru.
The four qualities;
1. Bibek - (Bib (two) + Ek (one) means from doubt to knowledge. Almighty is eternal
and Maya is illusionary.
2. Veerag Cessation or dispassionation of worldly materials
3. Memukhta To have a strong desire of liberation from this world.
4. Khatsemti the six are as follows;
a. Sam To control the mind to remain in consistent mind state in happiness as
well sorrow and remain focussed.
b. Dam To control sensory and action sensors
c. Uparat To focus the mind in the formless of Almighty.
d. Tetikhia To endure heat, cold, hunger, thirst, praise, insult and remain steady
during the challenges of life.
e. Sharda To have persistent and undoubtful faith in Guru and Almighty.
f. Samadhaan To fix the mind on the contemplated subject deeply.

H H ; H| HM v
|| F H|J ; N NM v
U m:- H-|, earth1 H-mNH, sky1 HM-8F, NH, light! of!
knowledge1 || F-| |, mNH M, worlds! above! and!
under1 N-H K, highest!above!all1 NM-|| U MFJ, universal!
sustainer1
| (H) m mNH (H) |8 H HH U| H U NH J |J J1 J H
K NM J H |, mNH m M |l l |8 |mN J1
The light (Jothi-Almighty) illuminates on the earth (Uram) and sky (Dhuram).
Second meaning: Almighty exists within the entire creation.
The universal sustainer (Gopal) and destroyer of ignorant darkness with light of knowledge
(Gur), Almighty illuminates all the three worlds.

N|m ; mH |U v
N| |N ; m W| m v
U m:- N|m-N J N, manifest1 mH-mF H, own! form1 W|
m-NF 8 HlU J, |N HlU J, come!to!its!own!self1
J NM mF| |N NN N U J| N J N |HH mF H-|mN
H |lU J, J H NF 8 N mF m |8 |N HlU J1
Once jeev is illuminated with the light such divine knowledge then Almighty shows himself.
When Almighty blesses his devotee he comes in obvious form within the sight of his devotee
which means that the jeev comes to its very own-self.

| ; H | v
H ; H|U HFJ v
U m:- |-N N, m N, decending! low1 H-shower 1 |
-| M N, |UN , incessantly! falling1 H H|U-N U HH HU U
J|, supreme1 H|U-Gurus!Sermon1 HFJ-the!corrector1
N (|) N |UmM J N N UM HU J1 |UN H UH m|H
H HH NHU UH J |H HJF HF M J 1
Descending low (Unav) means that upon becoming merciful Guru form of clouds, continuous
nectar form rain of sermons falls.
The great (Utam) sermons (Updesh) of the Guru are the corrector (swaran-har) of the Sikh.


|UH UN N ; HF v
m N ; m U vcv
U m:- |UH-this1 UN-One! means! Almighty1 -, secret! 1 m-m
J|, Himself1 U-NH , the!form!of!light!means!the!life!form!of!the!entire!
creation1
HH HU J| H HH U |UJ U HF MU J |N HH m J| H HN
U N M J m m J| NH (U) J |JN m J| H|ml U
H| Jvcv
The one who knows the secret of One Almighty that He is the creator and the life form of all
the creation. Guru Ji explains that Almighty is not only the creator but He lives as the
creation itself within numerous forms.

N H ; mH HW v
8 U| ; H|U |8 v
U m:- H-HH, 8F, N U |Nm U| H|, Sun! means! the! light! of!
knowledge1 mH-U, NH|UN |N, Demons! means! lust,! anger,! greed,!
attachment! and! ego1 HW-H HNU J, defeat! means! vanishes1 8-
'8 HH, Great,! Supreme1 U-see1 H|U-N U HU, Gurus! Shabad1
|8-contemplation1
|HH H U mU H|N U H JU |Nm U| H| U JU| J, J mF mU
Ul | NH|UN (NH, N, M, HJ m mJN) |Nl H HNU J m
N U HU U| |8 M H '8 HH U U|U N MU J1
When the divine knowledge sun rises vanishes all the demons (evil desires lust anger,
greed, attachment and ego).
One then contemplates on Gurus hymn through which one is able to see with utmost respect
the great Almighty.
Question : Where do one sees Almighty?

| ; m|U m| |J M|U v
m ; N N HF H|U v
U m:- m|U-8 |JMl, before! creation1 m|-m |U, after! the!
end! of! creation1 |J M|U-|l MNl |8,! the! three! worlds1 m-m J|,
Himself1 N-creator1 N-composer1 HF-listener1
m|U m N HU H J HH |l MNl U H NHN J H|
J1 J m J| |Nm U N J, m J| N NU J m m J| H J NN
HFU J |JN m J| NF| U N J, m J| H NU m m J|
|H J N HFU J1
Almighty is above all and forever (Aadh-before the beginning & Aant-after the doom) He
illuminates (life form) of all the three worlds.
Almighty himself creates the divine knowledge, utters the divine knowledge in the form of
scholar and as well as listen to the divine knowledge in the form of audience.
UJ | ; H U|U v
UJ | ; H| H| H|U v
U m:- |-NH U M UF M,! the! one! who! assign! the! returns! of!
deeds1 H-mind1 -body1 U|U-giver1 H|-H,!mind1 H|-mouth1 H|U-
J |JN,!Almighty1
J NHl U M UF M (|) H H|ml H H| UF M J |UH
MU| H H lJ| H U H 8|m1
Almighty is the assigner of the deeds returns (Bidata-karam phal perdata) as well as He is the
giver of mind and body.
Almighty, the donor of deeds returns is the mind himself and he is uttered through the mouth.


HNH| ; m N|U v
N , |H ; | J|U vcv
U m:- HNH|-H HN U H| UF M, the! giver! of! life! to! the! entire!
creation1 m-other1 |H -H U N |8 N,! immersed! in! Almightys!
Name1 |- mU H|N,!honour1
J HH HH J| H HN H| M J, H |l NU| J J| J1
N H| N|JU J, |N H HH U H |8 N|H N J| mU H|N |HMU
Jvcv
Almighty is capable to bring life into all the jeev (being) and there is no one else with such
capability.
Guru Ji says that those who are immersed in the Almighty by reciting His name receive
honour.

H H ; |JN| v
F H|J M ; Hm H| v
U m:-H-NH-H |JN,! Almighty1 -H, to! utter1 |JN|-
H N N,!passionately1 F-HN-m,!worldly!battlefield1 H|J-in,!within1
M-MU J,!fight1 Hm-H,!mind1 H|-kill!means!to!overpower1
H H NH H HH H M HU J, |UH HN-m |8 NH|UN
|m M MU J m mF H H MU J mF H H N MU J1
The ones who recites the name of Almighty (the King) with utmost love, participates as
warriors in a battlefield against evil desires (lust, anger, greed, attachment and ego) and in
this manner wins over the mind.
!

| |U| J ; |N v
|| ; HN 8 H v
U m:- |-night1 |U|-day1 J-remain1 |N- HH U H |8,!in!
Almightys! love1 -|Nm J|Um,! immersed1 ||-three1 -worlds1
HN 8- four! ages! e.g.! Satyug,! Treta,! Duapur! &! Kalyug1 H-H|Fm J,!
acknowledge,!known1
J H |U H N HH U |m |8 |Nm |JU J1 | MNl
(l) |8 |mN m 8 HNl |8 HU | |JF M HH J| H|Fm J1
One who is immersed in Almightys love in the day and night, till death.
Such person has acknowledged Almighty in all the three worlds and in all the four ages (Sat-
yug, Thretha-yug, Duapur-yug, Kal-yug).

|H| H ; H |H J| HJ v
m| |H|UM ; H||H UJ v
U m:- |H|-who1 H-H|Fm, known1 HJ-alike1 |H|UM-|HM,
|,!pure1 H||H-HM J HlU J,!liberate1 UJ-H|,!body1
|HH H HH H|Fm J, J H N J| J |Nm J1 J J | J
HlU J m H| |8 |J|Uml J| HN J1
Whoever knows Almighty, becomes just like Almighty means one becomes Almighty by
uniting with Him.
Such person is pure (Ujal-clear from sins) and attains salvation while being in the physical
body means that one becomes living-salvation (Jiwan-Mukat)
!

JH| H |U ; |UN |U v
m| HU ; H|8 |M M|U v9Ov
U m:- JH|-mU-H, JH M,! bliss! form1 |UN |U-|UN H, one!
love1 m|-mU,! within1 H|8-HU | ,! true! (Almighty)1 |M M|U-H
H N,!focussed!concentration1
mU H HH U H HU H H U |JU |8 ||Nm |JU J1 H H
U H |8 H|N U HU HU J HU | HH M H H| U
Jv9Ov
Having heartfully love for Almighty alone, one becomes the form of bliss means that one is
bliss himself therefore others who comes to his company will be blissful as well. Such
persons concentration within is focused on the Almighty. Guru Ji in the next lines expresses
the world as false.

H N|H , m|H |H ; JF J| HH v
U m:- H-NH,!anger1 |H-!drink1 JF-|JF, stay1 HH-world1
J U|! |NH NH N, H U H m|H |1 |UH HH |8 HU |NH
J| |JF1
Dear brother, never get angry on anyone and drink the nectar of Almightys Name as the stay
in this world is not forever.
!
H |U N J| JF ; m|U H|U HN 8 v
U m:- H-King1 |U-mH|,! wealthy1 N-NNM,! poor1 m|U H|U-
mF H,!to!come!and!go1
H JF, mH| JF, 8J NNM JF, NU| | HU J| |J HNU1 H H|Hm J, H
H J1 8 J| HNl |8 H| mU HlU |JU J1
The Kings, Wealthy, and Poor never stayed permanently in this world moreover the jeev
(being) has been coming and going ever since the four ages (Sat-yug, Thretha-yug, Duapur-
yug & Kal-yug). !

JF NJF J NU| ; |NH |J N || v
UN HU H H | ; N U | H| v99v
U m:-JF-to! stay1 NJF-say1 |NH-whom1 |J-to1 N-do1 ||-
|,! request,! appeal1 |-|+ U=| NN M, who!
liberates! without! doubt1 |-, honour1 H|-remains! with! Gurus!
wisdom1
|U HU |N |JF MU| M N M | NU| HU ||Nm J| |J HNU1 H H
HlU J, |UH NN H |NH U mN | Nl1 J U|! H|N U| H mU1 H|N
HH U H U| |KmU| U HU HU J, H |Nl 8 MU J m H|N
H| HU Um |J HlU| Jv99v
Staying is just for sake saying but no one stays upon saying means that the saying never goes
along with the reality therefore before whom shall I plead?
The preaching of one omnipresents (Ram-Almighty) name is proven to be the saviour but it
is attainable if Guru blesses the Almightys Name together with the intellect (Budhi) to value
the precious gift and the honour remains only with Gurus wisdom. Guru Ji explains the
condition of those who has adopted Gurus preaching in the next lines.

MH H| H| NU| ; WW |M 8M| v
U m:- MH-pride1 H|-H M|,! dying1 H| NU|-died1 WW-veil1
|M-WK MJ N,!remove,!open1
|HH HHN MH NN | HU| H| JF J MH H NU| J m | |UH| H
| WK M N |JN M J NU| J H|Um U H U J|Uml J| H|
|UH| |m |JN M U| J1
The worldly pride for which the intellect (Budhi) was dying (in ensuring the pride stays high
without hesitation in committing sins) but now upon realization the pride dies and intellect
form of woman now proceeds towards Almighty path with self-pride face cover (Gung-ghat)
unveiled means that now one joins the path of Almightys union.!!

HH |U| | ; |H HN M| v
U m:- HH-HH, motherGinGlaw1 |U|-crazy1 |-NHM|, mad1 HN-
HN, H|JH,!doubt1 M|-M NU|, J NU|,!removed1
m||Um | |U| HH H | |Mm N M| H| m |H HH H |
HN M NU|1
The ignorance form of crazy mother-in-law, influence of which has made the intellect to be
crazy as well and now such doubt (of being separate identity from Almighty) has been
removed from the head (means the realization of truth made the intellect in acknowledging
Almighty as the only one in various forms).

|H MU| M| |H ; H H|J HU mU v
U m:- |H-|m M,! with! love1 MU|-called1 M| |H-8 M,!
delightfully1
H| |UH| | |m 8 M HUU J, mF| UU U| |8
HU J l H U H |8 H|N U HU m HU J H U H |8 mU
||Nm |JU J1
Almighty has call upon with love to bless happiness (also means that Almighty called with
joy) and by adopting Gurus sermons one has become blissful.

M|M | MM| U| ; NH| U| ||8U v97v
U m:- M|M-|m |8, |H | |8,! beloved,! (Almighty) 1 |-|
JU|,!immersed1 MM|-UH|,!servant1 NH|-J H| |UH| H N U UH
NHU| J,!the!ones!who!follows!Gurus!sermons1 ||8U-|8 |J,!free!from!
worry1
H H| |UH| N U| H mU| J, H U|m U| NU| |8 J J| HNU|1
UH| N |H | U H |8 N| JU| U HJ MM| mU| Jv97v
Immersing in Almightys love by becoming the servant (Lali) and through Guru I have
become worry-less.

MJ H ; H| H v
M M ; mJN v
U m:- MJ-M, |,! profit1 H -HH U H H U|ml U
H Ul M N|H| J,!the!name!of!the!Almighty!is!the!most!valuable!jewel1
H-chant1 H-HH H,! supreme1 M|-Ul U F J U 8HN,! the!
selfishness! of! consumption1 M|-Ul U |UN N U MM8,! the! greed! of!
accumulating!worldly!materials1
HH U H HF M HH M JU J1 Ul U F U, Ul
|UN U M m JN m|U H |N J1 |UJl |Nl NN H| J |J
J1
The Almightys Name which is the form of jewel reciting which in return gives supreme
profit mean the profit which never be exhausted (finishes) during and after life.
To have consumption greed (Lab), material greed (Lob) and ego is bad means that jeev
(being) becomes evil because of these self-created desires.
!
M| 8| ; M|U v
HH m ; HN N v
U m:- M|-||Um,! slander1 8|-H|, HHU,! to! praise1 M|U-
J N |HH M |NH U |U N|Um H HN, 8NM|,!defame1 HH-J H
|HH U mF H M JU J,! the! one! who! is! led! by! the! mind1 HN-H,!
fool1
||Um, HHU m 8NM| |UJ JN NH H J1 H H HH U |HH K N
mF H | U J, J H, H m J, H H| U HJ| J J|
|UHU1
Slander (Larre), praise (Chari) and defame (Laitbari, Cugli).
The one who is leaded by the mind (Manmukh) commits the above ill practices by which the
manmukh is blinded in ignorance and demoralized by becoming the highest level of fool.
!

MJ N|F ; m|Um H|N v
J|U HH ; N|Um N|U |N v
U m:- MJ-to!gain,!benefit1 N|F-H,!cause1 m|Um-came1 H|N-HN
|8,! in! the! world1 J|U-F N,! becomes1 HH-worker1 N|Um N|U-N N
|Nm, H| J N |Nm,! gone! cheated1 |N-N, NH, N, M, HJ JN U
J|,!fraud,!looter1
H| HN |8 N F U| mU J, H|Um U NM F N HJ U J
H|-K J N HlU J1
One came to this world to benefit but got entangled with the fraud desires (lust, anger, greed,
attachment and ego) by which the faith form of wealth is looted.

MJ H ; H| HJ v
N H8| | ; H8 |HJ v9v
U m:- MJ-profit1 H|-capital1 HJ-H,! faith1 H8|-HU |N| |JF
M|,!true1 |-|UH,!honour1
N H| N|JU J, |N H H H H H| FU J |UH H| J| HH
U H U-NHlU J, H HU | |HJ HU |N| |JF M| |UH HU
Jv9v
One who has obtained profit from the deal by purchasing Almightys name with the capital of
faith.
Guru Ji says that such persons honour is true and he (or she) is the true king.
!
!
!

m|U |N ; HN HH v
mU| ; HF N HH v
U m:- m|U-m N, HH M N,!comes!into!this!world1 |N-m JU J,!
ruined1 HH -H U H, mHN H U H,!afterlife!path 1 mU|-H|Um,
H|Um U| |H,!(influence!of!mammon!(maya)) 1
H| |UH HN |8 m N, H H |l J N HH U H HlU J1 J N|
U| l H|Um |8 m JU J, H|Um U| |H |HF HN J| JU mHN
H U H MU J1
Jeevs (beings) who comes to this world and fail to perform Almightys meditation are being
ruined in this world and hereafter in the death path because of the influence of mammon
(maya).
There is no one who is capable to reject the arrival death or there is no one who is capable to
escape from the influence of maya (mammon).

m| HM ; |8 W| J|U v
m| U| ; | |HH U|U v
U m:- m|-HU,!maya,!wealth1 HM-mU, bliss1 |8-|,!evil!person1
W|-house1 J|U-exist1 U|-F,! observe,! watch1 |-bow1 U|U-U,!
both1
H J| H|Um |NH |8 H U W |8 J l H U| H|Um N N| mH|
U H |8 H U mN |U J1
Wealth being in the residence gives bliss to even the most unfortunate one or wealth makes
even a sinful person to become great (well respected)
Wealth is such that upon watching everyone bows down means that all bows down to the
wealthy person.
Second Meaning: The mediation of form of wealth blesses bliss to even a sinful person and
looking at the meditation the whole world bows before him (or her). Guru Ji says Almightys
meditation makes most least to be the greatest.
!

m| J|U ; HN |Hm v
N| |J ; HN v
U m:- HN-H,! fool1 |Hm-wise1 N|-N|, meditation1 |J-
|, without1 HN-world1 -, NHM, M,!moron1
HN H|Um H U W |8 J l J H | |HmF |N|Fml HlU J1 N|
|l JF NN | H|Um U HN MN N H HN J |J J1
If one has wealth at home then even a moron is acknowledged as wise or if a moron has
meditation form of wealth at his heart then he is recognized as brilliant (exceptionally clever
or talented).
Alternatively, even a smart person who has the knowledge of all the trades is known as
moron if he does not possess Almightys meditation.

H H|J ; UN H|U v
|HH |N N ; |H N J|U v90v
U m:- H-H|ml, all1 H|J-mU, within1 -U J, exist! (within),!
doer1 UN H|U-J |JN m J|,! only! Almighty! himself1 |HH -upon!
whom1 |N-blessing1 |H-to!him/her1 N-manifest1
H|m |8 |UN HH m |J J1 |HH HH m |N |UH| NU
J, |H N JU Jv90v
Although only one Almighty is the cause all actions within the entire creation but He
manifest himself for only those on whom He shower His grace.
!
!
!
!

H|N H|N | ; HU | v
H|H H|F , J| v
U m:- H|N H|N-JN HN |8,! in! every! age1 |-|m J,! instate,!
ordained1 HU-forever1 |-without! enmity1 H|H-HH |8,! in! birth 1
H|F-H |8,!in!death1 J|-never1 -trade1 -|H,!contented1
J |UN HN HN |8 H|l U N M HH m | |JU J1 J
HH HH H |8 J| J m J| H U mU HN U NU| NF U
N HNU J1
Almighty is always without enmity (Nirvair) who have created the practice of all the four
ages (Sat-yug, Thretha-yug, Doapur-yug & Kal-yug).
Almighty never involves in the trade of birth and death also never roam around means
Almighty is beyond birth and contented.

H U|H ; H m m| v
m| |U ; m W | v
U m:- H-whatever1 U|H-seen1 H-the! one1 m-self,! ! He1 m|-
Himself1 |U-U N N,! created1 W-H H|,! within! forms1 |-
instate1
J HH m J| |HH| U NU J m m J| H H| U NU J1 H N |
|UU| U |J J, J m m HH J| J, H HH U J| H J1
Whatever that comes within the sight is the form of Almighty himself.
Almighty created the universe himself and then become the form of life within His creation.
!
!
!

m| mN8 ; MU| v
HN HN| ; HNH| HU| v
U m:- m|-Himself1 mN8-|HH N H U |Nm |U|Uml U| J8 J|,
mJ8,! (beyond! the! reach! of! knowledge! sensors1 -trades! (worldly)1 MU|-
|HH|, HN, MN,! universe1 HN-|HMF,! unite1 HN|- Hl8,! method1 HN
HN|-mF M |HMF U| Hl8,! the! method! to! reunite1 HNH|-HN U H|
|JN,!the!life!of!Universe!(Almighty) 1 HU|-m J|,!himself1
|JN m |U|Uml J (mN8) m H H HN |ml U| NF |8
H|Um J|Um J m HN U HJ J mJ8 HH m J| H| NF |8
N M J m N J N mF M |HMF U| Hl8 |HU J1
Almighty is beyond the sensors (Agocher) limits and He has engaged the whole universe in
their respective trades.
The form of Universal Life (Almighty) himself establishes the method for reuniting the jeev
(being) with himself

N| m8 ; H8 H JU| v
H |JF ; HN| |N JU| v9v
U m:- N|-do1 m8-N,! deeds1 H8-|H8 NN, surely,! definitely!
recite1 H-happy1 |JF-|, without1 HN|-|ml MH|,! salvation1
|N-how1 JU|-will1 |N JU|-|N J HNU| J! J| J HNU|,!means!how!can!it!
be?1
H HU | HH U| UU mF N F N J| H8 H |HMU J1 H U
H lH |J N |ml HN| J| J HNU|v9v
One who performs good deeds will definitely be happy and attain peace in life.
Whereas how can one without Almightys Name obtain salvation.


|F ; H| v
|N |HM|J ; N|J H | v
U m:- |F-|, without1 -Almightys!Name1 H|-H| (body)
|| (against)!JU J,!physical!body!goes!against1 |N |HM|J- |N HH
M J| |HMU,! why! dont! you! unite! with! Almighty? 1 N|J-cut,! disengage1
H-mind1 |-pain1
J U|! H H |l |UJ H| U m|HN H| M | HlU J1 H U|ml
|l NF M H HH J, H M |N J| |HMU1
Without reciting Almightys Name the physical body becomes the cause of all pain and
works against the mortal as the world desires becomes self-destructive.
Then the pain of the mind is also caused by self-created thoughts. Therefore, Guru Ji says
why dont disengage the mind from all otherworldly thoughts and engage mind in Almightys
rememberance.

; m H|U v
|Nm M m|Um ; |Nm M |U v
U m:- -H, path1 -J|, HH|,! traveller1 m-HN |8
mU J,! comes! into! this! world1 H|U-H HlU J, HlU J,! departs! means!
dies1 |Nm-what1 M-brings1 m|Um-M N m|Um,! brings! along1 |Nm M
|U- N| M |8 N M HlU J,!what!he!has!accumulated!to!be!taken!along?1
|UJ H| HH| lN HN |8 mU J |U HlU J1 UH l H| N| HN
|8 M N m|Um H| N| M |8 N M HlU J, M| mU J M| J|
8M HlU J1
This jeev is the traveler who always comes and goes.
What have this jeev brought along and what will he collect to be taken along means that the
jeev come to this world because of the balance deeds from previous life and instead of
clearing the previous deeds he takes along more deeds.

|F ; H |U v
MJ |HM ; H U|U |U v
U m:- |F-without1 -W,! loss1 H-all,! completely1 |U-place1
MJ-profit1 |HM-obtain,! receive1 H-H,! if1 U|U- H,! gives,! blesses1
|U-HH H|,!Almighty!make!one!to!realize!the!truth,!enlightens1
HH U H |l J l W J| W JU J MJ l |HMN H H8 U|
|J8 NN1H U H U MJ U J| |HMU J HU HH m |UJ
H HU J1
Without Almightys name one will face losses very where.
One will only obtain profit once Almightys makes one to realize the truth.

FH ; FH | v
|F ; NH| | H| v9v
U m:- FH-trade1 -business1 FH-trading1 |-trader,!
businessman1 |F-without1 -Almightys! Name1 NH|-|N, how1 |-
|UH, honour1 H|-|, completely,!throughout1
H HF |J N H| HH| FH F N J FH J| NU J1 J| H
|l | H|NmH U| H| | m | |UH |NH l FN|v9v
One becomes trader in lifetime and perform all worldly tradings means that the whole
lifetime is spent in earning worldly materials.
How will the honour retain in the whole world without Almightys Name?
!
!
!

NF |8 ; |Nm| H|U v
NF H|J ; |Nm | J|U v
U m:- NF (virtues)! |8-H H H, H m|U NFl |8U J,!
contemplate! Almightys! virtues1 |Nm|-mH J| HH J |UJ HF,!
enlightened!person!who!recognises!Atma!as!Almighty!Himself1
H H, H m|U NFl |8U J, UJ| H |Nm| J1 H, H m|U NFl U
|8 H |Nm U| | JU| J1
Those are knowledgeable (Gyani) who contemplates on Almightys virtues.
The knowledge is obtained from Almightys virtues, as the source of knowledge is the virtues
itself.
!
NFU ; |M HH| v
H8| NF| ; N |8| v
U m:- NFU-HH U NF m |Nm U U,!the!bestower!of!virtue!and!
knowledge1 |M-rare1 HH|-HH |8,!in!this!world1 H8| NF|-H8| N|
(HU | U NF 8 N U|),! the! true! deed! (to! remember! Amightys!
virtues)1 N-N, Guru1 |8|-|8 Um,!through!wisdom1
HH |8 H NFl U U NU| |M H J| J1 Nl U UH U |HJ |8
N J, UJ| |UN H8| N| J1
However the knowledgeable person who donates (teach) knowledge and virtues is rare in this
world.
The true (Sachi) practice (Karni) is obtained through Gurus contemplation means that one
obtains the true practice in life by listening (Sune-na), accepting (Mane-na) and practice
(Nidhyasan) the Gurus Hymns (Gurbani).
!
!

mNH mN8 ; N|H| J| |U v
|HM|m ; H MU |HM|U v
U m:- mNH-H U| N , beyond!the!grasp!of!mind1 mN8-|UU|ml
U| J8 ,! beyond! the! reach! of! sensors1 N|H|-worth,! value1 J|-no1
|U-obtain1 N|H J| |U-H U NFl U| N|H J| HNU|,! His! virtues! are!
priceless1 -only!then1 |HM|m-|HM|U J, be!united1 H-if1 |M|U-unites1
J HH H NN mJ8 J (mNH) m H| U |Nm |UU H N J| m
HNU (mN8)1 H|N U| |U| H | H U NFl U| N|H J| HNU|1 H
M |HM U J| JU J, HU m |HM M1
The Almightys value can never be counted as He his beyond the understanding of the mind
(Agam) and also beyond the reach of sensors (Agochar).
Therefore Almighty can only be met if He himself wish to meet (unite).
!
NF| ; NF H | v
N ; NH| |HM|m H| v9?v
U m:- NF|-J H| |UH| |HH U mU | NF J,!the!one!with!godly!
virtues!e.g.!saint1 H-HMU| J, UU NU| J,!remembers,!recite1 |-daily,!
all! the! time1 NH|-H|N U| H M N,! through! the! Gurus! teachings1
|HM|m-unite1 H|-|H |JN, friend!means!Almighty1
NU| Nl M| H| |UH| NM U NF HU 8 U| J, H|N U| |H|m U|
N M J| |H |HM HN|U Jv9?v
Those who observes their virtues all the time through the Saint (Gun-Wanti one who adopts
virtues).
Guru Ji says one unites with Almighty as a friend through the Gurus teaching.


NH N ; N|Um N NM v
|H N8 ; HJN M v
U m:- NH-lust1 N-anger1 N|Um-H|, physical! body1 NM-MU,!
melt,! rot1 N-1 |H-like1 N8-H,! Gold1 HJN-borax,! acid1 M-M
|UU J,!melts1
NH m N H U H| |UH l |M N |UU J, |H HJN H M
|UU J1
Lust and anger is the desires of the intellect (Budhi), the one with interest in uniting with
Almighty (Jagiasu) should rot them just like borax (sohaga) melts the gold and burns all the
dirt in the same manner one should burn the desires and make the intellect pure.
!
N|H NH| ; HJ H v
U| H ; | H8 v
U m:- N|H-WH, tighteness! means! determination1 NH|-! benchmark1
H-J,! the1 -HN,! heat1 U|-sight1 H-H 8lU| U |,! assayer1
|-HJF N M,!the!colour!cube1 H8-H8 N U 8, the!adoption!of!
true!colour1
J |Mm J|Um H NM| |8 HN H|JU J, | NH| WH N |m HlU
J, HJF N M J H H U| H |8 NM U J1 H| | U| |HJ
M HU N U UH J U| WM NHU| NU J, N U| UH| |H|m U
J l J HJF mH M H| mNM U| H |8 NM JU J1
To keep the recitation (Jap) and selfless sevice (Taap) continuous is like burning the gold
under a continuous burning fire as the benchmark in order to determine ones faith as the
attainment of Almighty and the perishable world becomes equal, pain and joy becomes
equally the same only then the sight of the examiner (Seraf means assayer -Almighty) is
obtained thereafter knowledge form of levels and beautiful colour shine with the mixed
chemical form of Almightys Name.

HN H ; mJ NM NHU| v
N| N ; NF| N| U| v
U m:- HN-the! perishable! world1 H-beast1 mJ-JH,! selfGconceit1
NM-H,! death1 NHU|-H M,! butcher1 N|-N N,! to! do1 N-N
,!creator1 NF|-deed1 N|-hand1 U|-obtain1
HN Hm |8 H |Fm |m J, mJN J| H F N H |Jm J |UH U
mHN H| U H|mH N |Jm J1 N |HH| 8 N |UJ HUU J|
F |U| J |N |HJ |HJ| N NU| H| NU J J |HJ J| H M |HMU J1
The ego is making the whole world to become animals and the ego itself is killing everyone
brutally like a buther by perishing the spiritual divine life.
Almighty has predetermine the jeevs (being) deeds in the palm fate lines accordingly jeev
(being) performes the deeds.
!
|H| N|| ; || N|H| U| v
J |Nm NJ|m ; |N NJF HU| v9cv
U m:- |H|-|HH ,! who1 N||-F|Um J,! created1 ||-H N ,!
He1 N|H|-value1 U|-obtain1 J-more1 |Nm-what1 NJ|m-!to!be!said1
|HH N |UJ HH F|Um J |UH U NH | J m J| HFU J1 J N|
NJ|U, N |NJ J| H HNUv9cv
He who created the entire Universe, knows the fate of this Universe therefore nothing can be
said means that there is nothing one can do as everything is predetermined in His command.
What more can we say as this reality cannot be completely described.


H H ; m|H |m v
|H NJ| ; H HN| U|m v
U m:- H H-H H H N,!continuously!searching1 |m-|HH H
|,! drank1 |H-|NH U| |N| HJ U H,! to! forgive1 NJ|-N|JF N||,
N MU|,! adopt1 HN| U|m-H|N |8 M| N |U,! immersed! in! True!
Guru1
H H H H mF m H N mHN H| UF M H HM |U J, J
U|Hml |Hl N U H N MU J, mF H mF H|N |8 M| N
UU J1
The ones who drinks the nector form of Almightys name while searching for Almighty,
means that even reciting Almighty to search Him is so blissful that one drink the nectar of
Him name all the while therefore the search never go wasted.
One adopts forgiveness (Khima) after giving the mind to the True Guru which means that
once the mind is immersed in Gurus hymn (Gurshabad) then the existence as separate
identity vanishes thereafter one forgives everyone as he sees God in all.
!
; m H N|U v
; HN 8 J|U v
U m:- -pure1 m-say1 H N|U-JN H|,! all! Beings1 -jewel1
HN-ages1 8-four1
JN H| m m H8 H| M mU J HJ| l J| J H
H U J1 J HU MU| H8 HH F HlU J, |H 8 HNl |8
JU J1
Everyone self-declares himself as the most pure ones but in all four ages only those are pure
who adopted the jewel of Almightys Name.


|m HU ; J| H|m v
| H|J HU ; H HU |m v
U m:--eat1 |m-drink1 HU-died1 J|-never,! failed1 H|m-
realise,!to!understand1 |-!an!instant1 H|J HU-m M H HlU J,!die!
from!selfGconceit1 H-when1 HU-Shabad,!Gurbani1 |m-recognise1
H H| U|m U N NU |JU J, J mHN H| M H HlU J, Jl
H m|H U| H J| U|1 J| H| HU H|N U HU M KW| Hl U J
l J |UN MN |8 JH H HNU J1
Jeev (being) dies every second in spending their breath in the pleasures of eating and
drinking, during the entire life they never attain the wisdom to die from the sense of living
(Haumai).
However those who recognized Almighty dies instantly from the sense of living.

mH| 8| ; H| H H|m v
N |N ; H |m v9cv
U m:- mH|-mKM,! stable,! firm1 8|-mind1 H|-H |8, m
HNF |8,!during!the!time!of!death 1 H|m-|H HlU J,!convinced1
Jl U H NH N m|UN M mKM J HlU J, m M H |8 H JU
J1 H|N U| HJ M J J| HH U H |m J v9cv
Only those has a consistent state of mind whose mind has accepted the reality of being free
from self-proclaiment (which creates the ego of being different from the supreme being
(Almighty).
Question: Whose mind accepts this reality?
Answer: Mind of those who recognizes Almightys Name with Almightys grace.


NN N| ; NN| H v
NF N ; H HJ|H |H v
U m:- NN-mNH lN H |mN HH,!sky 1 N|-|, |HN M,
H|l U mNF N NH |8 mF M,! deep 1 NN|-NN-m|, H
|mN NM |8,!allGpervading 1 HJ|H-HJ|H |8, mKM |8,!steadiness 1
J H |mN J H|l U mNF N | J| U1 |HH H U H H
H |mN |8 |NU J, H H H U NF NU J, J H| m mKM
|8 |N HlU J1
Almightys omni-presence form (Chidhakas) who is beyond minds comprehension (Agam)
lives within His creation.
The ones reside in everlasting happiness who sings the praises of such Almighty.
!
N|Um m ; m|U H|U v
NH|U ; J |M M|U v
U m:- N|Um m-N|Um J|Um m|Nm H N J| mU,! the! one!
which! has! gone! never! returns 1 NH|U-H|N U| |N M,! with! True!
Gurus!grace 1
|UN m|Nm 8|Mm H l | N|Um J|Um m|Nm H N J| mU
m|Um J|Um |Nm HlU J|1 HH U| |Nm J|Um H| H N J|
mU, |N|N H N m|Um H J| HlU1 H|N U| |N M J H |mN
HH M H| H| U J1
The departed ignorance never returns and the obtained knowledge never departs means the
one who immersed in real-self (Almighty) never comes back in the reincarnation cycle
because one never wish to come back.
With Guru Jis blessings one remains concentrated in Almighty.


NN mNH ; m mH| v
mH| 8| ; HH| HN| v
U m:- mNH-m8,! comprehension 1 m:-|HH U |H ' NU|
J|, |HH |NH U| HH| J|,! masterless 1 mH|-|Nl, mKM,! steady 1
8|-|8,!mind 1 HH|-HH |8 M|,!meditation 1 HN|-H-NF, H
NF, NF U N M,!the!with!complete!virtues 1
J H |mN mJ8 J, H U NFl U m J| HNU, H |NH U|
HH| J|, J HHF H |J J1 H |8 H| JU| H H U mU NF
U NU| J, H H|Um |8 KMF 8 MU| J1
Almighty who completely overlaps the whole world like sky (Gagan), He is beyond the
minds comprehension (Agam), He is Masterless (Anath - as He the Master himself) and
beyond birth.
Whoevers concentration focused consistently on Almighty will be able to meditate on the
Almightys existence hundered times more.
!
J| H 8| ; || |J H| v
NH| H ; J H |J| v7Ov
U m:- 8|-|HH, UU N,! remember1 ||-then1 |J-F,! obtain1
-never1 H|-reincarnation1 H-, HH,! principally! supreme1 J-J,!
other1 H J|-H l|Hm F M|,!without!Almightys!Name1
J K! | H J| HH U H |HH1 | HH H |8 J| N1
H|N U| H| J| H| MU| HH H J1 H HF |UM J H| |
Jv7Ov
One who remembers the life source of all (Har Almighty) shall never again involve in
reincarnation means they never are born neither die again.
The most supreme is Guru Jis advice by which one recites Almightys Name and all those
beliefs (faith, religion) that are without recitation Almightys Name are fake.


W U ; || N| J v
H| mH ; m J| H v
U m:- W-house1 U-UH-door1 ||-roam1 N|-tired,! fatic1
J-many1 H|-gone! through1 mH-mF-|NF, |Hl U| H|m J| J
HNU|, countless1 m-end1 H-mine1
N U| H| M H | |HU NU| Hl |8 N N NU| J, NU|
mF-|NF H|ml |8 MWU| J, |Hl U m J| HNU1
The Jeev (being) is tired of residing (ghar) inside (dhar) many physical forms liked houses
while roaming in reincarnation cycle.
Although I (jeev) have traveled in countless reincarnations but still there is no end to my
(jeev) births.

N ; H | H |m v
N ; N 8M | Jm v
U m:- N-NU|, countless,! many1 H-mother1 |-father1 H-,
son1 |m-daughter1 N-Guru1 8M-disciple,! followers1 |-|, again1
Jm-became1
|UH m Hl |8 NU| |HU U NU| Hl-|, -|ml FU J, NU| N FU
J NU| 8M | FU J1 HN: N U| | M l HN JF 8J|U H|!
mNM| N| lJ| |UU J1
Countless become my parents (Mat Mother & Pita Father) and countless become my son
and daughters. Innumerable was the Guru (spiritual guide) and incalculable was the company
of disciples. Doubt: Upon meeting the Guru one should have attained salvation? Answer is
given in the following line.


N8 N ; HN| Jm v
U m:- N8-N8, unriped! means! fake1 N-Guru1 -from1 HN|-
salvation,!liberation1 -no1 Jm-did1
|UJl Hl U N MH| J| JU| HU N |NH N8 N U| H MU| JU| J1
The jeev can never attain salvation from a unriped (fake) Guru until this jeev meets a True
Guru.
!
N| | ; UN HH|M v
NH| ; HF H|F |M v
U m:- N|-many1 |-female1 - |UN HH-,! groom,! husband1
UN-one1 HH|M- HM NU J,!to!take!care1 HF-death1 H|F-life1
NU| H| |UH|ml J, HH- H U| HM NU J1 H |HU N U HH |JU|
J, H U mH NM J HlU J1 NHl U |HF H U M J1
There are countless jeev form of women (brides) which are taken care by only one Man
(Almighty the groom). Guru Ji explains the true definition of life and death: Life is while
remembering Almightys Name and death is when Almighty is forgotten therefore life and
death is with or without Almighty respectively.

UJ |UH | ; W H|J |Um v
HM |Um ; H|N |HM|Um v79v
U m:- UJ-UH, ten1 |UH-H, direction1 W-house!means!Antahkaran1
H|J-in1 |Um-attain1 HM-union1 |Um-J|Um, happen1 |HM|Um-the!
one!who!unites1
|H H |HU U J| M |HM JU J, |HH H|N |HMlU J1 J J H
N N U| |N M mJN W |8 J| NM M U Jv79v
I have searched for Almighty in all the ten direction but never succeeded until I met the True
Guru who given the sermons (Updesh) by which I discovered Almighty within my
Antahkaran, I met Almighty through Guru Ji.

NH| N ; NH| M v
U m:- N-NU, sings1 M-MU, speaks1
NH J| U NF NU J, U| |H 8U J1
Gurmukh (who follows Gurus teaching) sings the Almighty praises in ragas and naturally
Gurmukh utters the Almightys virtues.

NH| |M ; M M v
U m:- |M-weigh!means contemplates1 M- MF MU| Jl U J,
motivates!other!to!contemplate1
NH J| U H mF H |8 MU J Jl MF MU| U J1
Gurmukh contemplates Gurus hymn and persuade others to contemplate as well.
!
NH| ; m H|U |HN v
J| HM ; HM|U NMN v
U m:- m-comes1 H|U-goes1 |HN- |J, without! bondage1
J|-U N N, abandon1 HM-filth,! dirt! of! Rag! (needless! attachment)! and!
Duakh!(pointless!envy)1 HM|U-burn1 NMN-the!mark!of!dishonour1
NH H mF HF HH H M |J J1 NH H J l |HN J N
mU J1 NH |NH HU NHl U M NF J| mU m J| HU NHl U
HJ N M HlU J, |N|N NH H U| HM U N N |N mF mU
HN 8N JU J1
Gurmukh never comes through birth or goes by death because they have united with
Almighty. 2nd Meaning: Gurmukh is able come and go wherever they wish without any
obstruction even the deity like Brahma cant stop them.
Gurmukh has cleaned the dirt of unreasonable love (Rag) and envy (Devakh) and has burned
the disgrace-mark (Kelank) of ignorance.

NH| ; U U |8 v
NH| ; HH 8H m8 v
U m:- NH|-N U HH H'1 U-shabad,! hymn1 U-knowledge1
|8-contemplation1 HH-8|, |UH, ablution,! bath1 8H- '8,! well!
mannered1 m8- m8F, character1
U NFl U| |8 NH H N m U J, '8 m8F FF NH U
| |UH J1
The word (Naad) of a Gurmukh is the contemplation of knowledge (Vedh) means that
Gurmukh never speaks against the divine knowledge. A Gurmukh respects the truth no matter
where and in whatever language or faith it is written or contemplated. Guru Ji emphasizes
that one should facus on the truth rather then deliberation based on opinions and
interpetations.
Gurmukhs ablution is to perform good deeds.

NH| HU ; m|H J H v
N , NH| ; v77v
U m:- H-HH1 -attains1 -across1
NH U UH m|H | HH J1 N H| N|JU J, |N N U UH Um
|JN N MU J v77v
Gurmukhs sermons are more superior to nectar.
Guru Ji says , through a Guru, the beyond limit Almighty is obtained


88M 8| ; JU| |U v
8| |HN ; mN| |U v
U m:- 88M-flicker1 8|-memory1 -never1 JU|-stays1 |U-l |H,
|NF ,!standstill1 8|-MN MN N, unexposingly!1 |HN-J, deer1 mN|-
H |ml, N, mN, leaves!buds,!grapes1 |U-consumes1
H' U 88M H |N N J| U |UH MU| mJN |8 H H NFl | mNl
|H |HN (J) HlU J1 NH m|UN | J ||Hml | mN| 8|
|J J1 |UJ H J MN MN N N NU J m J| JF
|UU1
The animated mind (Chit also means memory) never stay standstill.
Therefore in the Antahkaran place the good virtues form of grapes are eaten by deers form of
desires means that the mind form of deer eats the desire form of grapes very quietly and
silently without any exposure (the activities of the mind is never obvious).

8 NHM ; 8| v
|8 H| ; 8 | | v
U m:- 8-feet1 NHM-lotus1 -|N U J, 1 8|-concentration,!
mind1 |8 H|-|8H|| (long! life), mH (liberated), HH H |8m
J|Um1 8-, Almighty1 |-forever!in!present1 |-form!of!the!forever!
in!present!means!Almighty1
H H U NM Ml N 8 HJ HF N mF |8 |8 HlU J, J
|8H| JU J |NN 8 m | |JN H N | J| J HlU J
|JN U J| J HlU J1
Those who enshrines Almightys lotus feet in their mind by appreciating Almightys lotus
feet as the most beloved ones.
Such ones lives eternally as their existence becomes the present forever akin to Almighty
means that they merge into Almightys form by remembering Him extensively.


|8 J| U|H ; H N|U v
8|J UN ; J| H J|U v
U m:- |8-|8, |8, worried1 U|H-seen1 H N|U-JN H|,
every! Being,! everyone1 8|J-H |HHU J, remembers1 UN-one1 J|-,
Jl U |JU |8, only!then1 H-happiness1 J|U-obtain1
JN H |8 J| |UHU J, H H |UN HH |HHU (8|J) J,
Jl U |JU |8 H JU J1
Everyone is observed to be worried.
When the One (Almighty) is remembered only then the worries disappears and happiness is
obtained.

|8| H ; 8 J| |U v
HN| |Um ; | |H W| H|U v7v
U m:- |8|-|8 |8, resides!within!the!memory1 8-8 |Nm, blends1
J|-Almighty1 |U-H |8, in! the! Name1 HN|-liberated1 | |H-|UH
M, with!dignity1 W|-|H H| W(mH), the!house!of!realGself!(Atma) 1
|HHU| |HJ (tongue) |JN U HF |8 8| J m |m Um |8 |8
m HU J U H |8 M| JU J, J HH| H|UN N MH| MU
J |U |UH M mF |H W |8 HlU Jv7v
Whose tongue is engaged in reciting Almightys Name and through concentration Almighty
resides in the memory.
Such person is liberated while living in this world and after death they are treated with utmost
respect and honoured in the next world as they are united with Almighty.


|H UJ , M |UN N| v
m | UJ ; H|N J| v
U m:- |H-H J HlU J, vanishes! away1 UJ-physical! body1 M-
untangles,! open1 N|- N (Fl U|), knot! (of! life! forces)1 m-H, ,
perishing1 |-daily1 UJ-see,!observe1 H|N-HN |8, world1 J|-| N,
N, after!wondering1
HU F| U HM H| m Fl U| N| M HlU| J l H| U H J HlU J1 |
N H HN |8 U M H U |UJ NN | |J J1
When the knot (Gand) of the physical body and life forces (Pran) is straightened out
(untangled) then body is destroyed.
Destruction of the universe happens every time, which can be observed all around means in
the entire universe.
!
; H HH N| HF v
N| ; HN| W| mF v
H NU| H Ul () Hl () |UN |HJ N N HH MU l H|Um U l
N N HN | W |8 mF H M mU J1
U m:- (sunshine)! (shade)-U (pain)! H (happiness), 1 HH-
, equivalent1 -bondage1 N|-cut1 HN|-MH|, liberated1 W|-
W |8, H |8, house1 mF-|MmU J, bring!back1
Therefore the pains (Dhup sunshine) and joy (Chhaya shade) should be accepted equally.
Only then the attachments are detached and the mind is brought into its salvation form of
home.
!
!
!

|Um | , HN M v
|M|m |N ; v
U m:- |Um-shade1 |-, |, small,! tiny1 HN-world1 M-
cause! others! to! forget,! mislead,! mesmerise1 |M|m-fated,! preGdetermined1
|N- N| JU NHl U HHJ,! past! deeds1 - , H , from! the!
beginning1 -accepted1
|UJ H|Um (|Um) H J, |UH H HN M|Um J1 H|l U H' '
|UJ |N M (HH |JMl) J| |M|m |m H| H J| |m J1
The tiny mammon (maya) has made the whole world to be forgotten from the truth means
that although mammaon (maya) is just like a shadow which seems to be very persuasive but
in reality it has no credibility as it leaves a person during lifetime and definitely after life.
The deeds, which are prewritten based on the previous birth, are accepted from the beginning
means that a person is attached to this maya from many birth and this is the main cause for
the person to be reincarnated in many forms in order to fulfill the unsatisfied desires.

|H H ; Hm |H| NM v
N|Um |H ; U| |HM v70v
U m:- |H-perishing! away,! depleting1 Hm-, old! age1 |H|-|H
', head! 1 NM-death1 N|Um-H|, UJ|, physical! body1 |HM-F| U
HM, waterGmoss!1
|HM:- U| NJ |HW Um |8 HJNH mH :-
H. HM, HNX- F| U HM, NU|, N|Um |H U| |HM. (UmN)
|N NU| M N| JU|, m HM HJ| HM| JU|, |H |HM H|H
|HM HM. (H H: 9) |HM |H N J1
H| H J HlU| J, m HlU J, H |H ' | HU| J, H| NHH J
HlU J H U| 8H| F| U HM lN |M| J HlU| J1 | | |UH U H|Um
M |m HNU J|v70v
Since birth the death is always above the head (means always there waiting for the time to
take away the jeev) and the youth is destroyed by the old age. In the old age, the physical
body is destroyed and becomes like cobweb (Jala) means the body becomes weak but still the
enthusiasm for Maya persists.

H m| ; |J M|U v
H|N H|N U ; m N|U v
U m:- H-HFU J, knows1 m|-himself1 |J M|U-|l MN |8, H
HN |8, three!worlds1 H|N H|N-JN HN |8, ages!after!ages1
J |l MNl m J| F F UF M J1 J m H HN |8 N
J, J HU H|l U U J, H |l NU| J U J| J1 mH U U mN mH|
| N|m;
Almighty himself knows about all the three worlds.
Without Almighty there is no other benefactor (Daata donor) in all the ages means that
Almighty alone gives away everything therefore lets request humbly to such donor as
follows;
!
|H ; | |J v
HH H8 ; U | H v
U m:- |H-as1 -pleases1 |-|, in!that!manner1 |J-F N,
keep1 -protect1 HH-praise1 H8-H HNU Jl, beg,! ask1 U-UU J,
give1 |-|UH MN U| |UH, honour! in! this! world1 H- MN U| |UH,
honour!in!the!next!world1
J F HN |JN! |H U J| H HH H M1 H | |H
HMJ U| U HNU Jl1 H |UJ U U U l |UH MN MN |8 |UH |JU| J1
Dear Almighty, you are capable to protect me therefore please save me from the cycle of
birth and death in a way which pleases you.
I (jeev) ask for your praises as your praises helps to keep my dignity in this world (Lok) and
my honour in the next world (Parlok).


HN H|N J ; v
H HM|J ; HH v
U m:- HN-conscious! (here! it! means! Almighty)1 H|N-remain! conscious!
1 -, you1 -8N MNl, pleases1 -then1 HH-H H |8
M| J Hl, I!shall immerse!in!Your!form1
J ! H l H HU |m |8 HNU Jl1 H H H H M HM
U, l H H |8 HH Hl1
Dear Almighty, you are the form of brightness (Jaagat) I shall stay conscious in your
rememberance if it pleases you. Guru Ji explains a very vital point here that one can only
remember Almighty truly if the self is abandoned means that one does it without the ego of
doing it.
If you (Almighty) bless me the company of saints then I shall immerse in your form.
!
H H N ; H HNU|H v
NH| |HM|m ; |H |UN|H v7v
U m:- H N-HU U| |H, applause! for victory1 H-recite1 HNU|H-
Master! of! Universe1 |H-|J |H, H, sure,! undoubtful1 |UN|H-|UN U|H
, |UN HMN , the!sole!Master1
J HN U HMN! H | J| HU H H N Nl m J| H Hl1 Nl U|
|H|m Um J| |J |H (H) |UN HH J m N J NU| UH J|
J, |H8 NN |HM HN|U Jv7v
Dear Master of the Universe, I shall declare your victory (Jai Jai Kar) and keep on reciting
your Name.
Through the Gurus advice I have undoubtful faith on you as there is no other master like you
and I shall merge with you.
!

| MF ; |Nm HN |H U v
| H ; U HU v
U m:- |-nonsense,! useless1 MF-talking1 |Nm-done1 HN-world1
|HM, with1 U-88, |JH, argument,! debate1 | H- HU
J, U| |JU J, die!in!sulk,!unsatisfied1 HU-H, fool1
HN M N N, MF U N| M J, |N|N |UJ |HJ H N HU
U J1
The arguments with the world is of no use as speaking to such ones just dont make any sense
means that one should avoid arguments with the ones under the influence of maya.
The morons are seen to die in sulk (Jhur) as they live in doubtful life and till the end they die
in worries of everything surrounding them reason being they had no common sense.
!
H|H HU J| ; H|F mH v
m|U 8M ; U mH |H v
U m:- H|F mH-H| |JN U| mH, the! hope! of! Almighty! who! is!
the!life!form1 U-been1 mH-hope1 |H-without!hope1
|HH H| HH U| mH J, J HHU HU J| J1 mH M NN mU J
|H HU J, HN |H|m HF N mH J| NU J1
The ones who have the hope on the life form of the universe (Almighty), they are never born
and die again.
Such ones came without any desire (Asa-hope) and goes without any desires (Niraas) which
means that they have acknowledge the world as fake therefore they have no more desires in
this world for anything.
!
!

| | | ; H| |M H|U v
NM 8l J| NF N|U v
U m:- |-grieve,!regret1 |-indulge1 H|-soil1 |M-mix1 8l- U
lU J, under!the!pressure1 NF-virtues1
N H F H|, J Jl U |H| |8 M |Nm J1 U NF NF M
Jl NM UU J| J1
Grieveness, regret and indulge in worldly affairs of those has mixed with dust means that all
efforts for worldly accomplishment has gone wasted.
Singing the praises of Almightys virtues, the Being will not come under the pressure of the
angel of death means that he/she will be liberated from the afterlife pains.
!
U| || ; J| N |U v
m U ; HJ|H H|U v7v
U m:- ||- H, | U H , nine!treasures1 |U-H |HH
U J|, through! Almightys! rememberance1 m-himself1 U-gives1 HJ|H-
Hl|, peace,!calm1 H|U-Hm, character1
J| U H NN |Hl H N| U| J, Jl HH m J| H|
H |UU Jv7v
Through Almightys Name those who have obtained nine treasures form of nine meditations;
Almighty bless such ones with calm character means that calmness is a blessing from
Almighty.
!

|m M ; m v
m HH ; m H v
U m:- |m-|m, |Nm, knowledge1 m-( N JN) m J|,
Himself! as! the! Guru1 -MU J Hl , utter,! departs! sermons! or! to! ask,!
enquire1 HHH-HHF, to!understand1 H-U J, observes1
m J| N J N |Nm 8U J, UH |UU J m H|NmH J N
U J, U J1 m J| H mH HHU J, m J| MM J N UU
J1
Almighty Himself manifest as Guru and utters knowledge means advice (sermon) and
Almighty Himself enquires in the form of disciple.
Almighty Himself understands the faith and faithless and Himself oversees the returns of
good and bad deeds.
!
N N N|Jm ; m|N HH v
|HM H8 ; H8 v
U m:- m|N-|Hl Hl U |JU |8, within! the! heart1 HH-obsorbed,!
immersed1 |HM-clean1 H8-pure1 H8-|JN, form! of! truth,! Almighty1
-|m MNU J, pleasing,!liked1
N U N|Jm J|Um UH |Hl U |JU |8 HH H, |HH NN Jl U
mJN |HM J m |U|Uml | |Nl M H|8ml | J, Jl H8
|m MNU J1
The sermons uttered by the Guru reside in the heart of whom;
Shall have their Antahkaran clean (Nirmal-free from thoughts evil desires) and in this manner
their sensors are pure (Suche free from performing evil desires) they only love the truth
form (Almighty). Guru Ji emphasizes that one should love Almighty more than everything
else
!

N HN ; | J| v
MM U ; H8 m v
U m:- HN-ocean1 |-l U|, jewel1 J|-never1 -NH|, W,
deficit,! deficiency1 MM-ruby! means! love1 U-materials1 H8-true1
m-m, mHN, J| HNF M, finishless!!1
N HHU |8 N m|UN H NFl | l U W J| J1 H m|UN
U H8 J m NU | HNU J (|U) J| J1
In the ocean form of Guru there is no shortage of good virtues form of jewels.
The materials such as love (Laal) are the true (everlasting) material and never finish.
!
!
N| N|Jm ; H N NHJ v
N N| NF| ; NJ J v
N , NH| ; H|8 HHJ v7?v
U m:- N|-N 1 N|Jm-uttered,! said1 H-precisely! that1 N-deed1
NHJ-earn! but! here! it! means! do! or! perform! 1 NF|-practice1 NJ-|N,
why1 J- UU J!, run! after! means! mock! exactly1 H|8-HU N|UH |JF
M |8, within!Almighty1 HHFJ-immerse,!unite1
J U|! H Nl |NJ J, J NH N1 H|N U| NF| U N H U N F
|N UU J1 N H| N|JU J, H|N U| |H|m M N H8 |8 HH Hv7?v
Practice based on Gurus instruction.
Why try to imitate the Gurus practice after the observation and rush to practice the same
means one should obey Gurus instruction instead of trying to follow the Gurus practice
comprehended based ones observation means that Gurus instruction is far more important
than ones observations.
Guru Ji says that one should embrace the Gurus way and immerse in the truth (Almighty)

!
J ; |N M|J HJ| v
J ; UJ |UH NJ| v
U m:- -breaks1 J-|m, relationship! of! love1 |N M|J- 8
MF M, by!uttering!unfaithful!words!or!lies!1 HJ|-|H8 NN, surely1 J-
arm1 UJ-both1 |UH-H, , direction1 NJ|-| JU|, hold1
H H H J H 8 MF (|N M|J) M |H8 (HJ|) NN J H (J)
HU J1 |UH N H| |UHl |UU J, |H U |HU N |8F M lJ
HlU| J1
The mutual love relationship can surely be broken upon uttering false (Khote) words. Guru Ji
explains with an example that the arm can be broken if it is pulled with force from both
opposite directions. Guru Ji describes that the true relationship foundation is the truth when
either or both parties begins to be unfaithfull by keeping secrets and tries to cover by false
statements then the relationship ends instantly in the same manner when one builts
relationship with Almighty, truth should be the base as one should never ever try to hide
anything or assume that he or she is not monitored when such situation occurs instead of the
relationship coming in the same direction it goes on the opposite direction. The usual case is
that Almighty always is the truth and human changes its direction against Almighty by
having doubts as one should have realized that whenever Almighty blesses with sorrows and
pains are for the good just like going through a medical treatment.
!

| || NU| ; |M v
UH| J| ; K| |M v
U m:- |-broken1 ||-love! attachment1 -, unpleasant1 |M-
M, speech1 UH|-the! wisdom! that! separates! one! with! Almighty1 J|-
separated1 K|-abandon1 |M-HH , beloved!husband1
| J| () MF M HH U JNH HF M H| U| | NU|
J1 UH M |m | HH (|M) H| | |UH| |mN K|
(J)J1
The jeevs (being) love is broken by uttering unpleasant words means that by disobeying
Almightys instructions.
Almighty has abandon the jeev (being) form of bride when the jeev decided to adopt the evil
practices which creates a vast distance from the Gurus wisdom (Durmat).
N| ; |8| v
N HU| ; W| NH H| v
U m:- -untied,! loosen1 N|-N-knot1 -initiates1 |8|-
wisdom1 H|-complete1
JU H| U| HH M H mH U |8 N M N U| J1 H N UH
M J, J mF |JU (W|) |8 H NH H N (H|) J1
The relation of a apostate (loosen knot form of relationship) with Almighty can only be
established again by the contemplation of the true against the false means that truth is the
knot which joins the two broken ends.
The ones who obey Gurus instruction accomplish their mission towards salvation in the
mind form of residence.

MJ H8 ; m v
|F N ; |H H v7cv
U m:- MJ-profit1 -loss1 |-three! worlds1 N-master1
|H-beloved1 H-K, greatly1
|Hl H8 M |Mm J, Jl l J| mU|ml1 HH l |l Fl U
|m J H |m N J, Jl U J |m (H) Jv7cv
Those who have gained the true profit will never loose means that the ones who have
invested their breath in reciting Almightys Name gains forever.
Almighty is beloved in all three worlds but for the Bhagats Almighty is the most beloved.
!
NJ Hm ; J |U v
J|N HU| ; mN|F |U v
U m:- NJ-N, hold,! stop1 Hm-H, mind1 J-keep,! focus1
|U-l |H, in! place,! here! it! means! in! Almighty1 J|N-MN N, indulging1
HU|-HU|, died1 mN|F-mNF U N, vices1 |U-H8, regret1
J U|! H N N H | W (|U) |8 , mNF |8 |HH| MN N
(J|N) U| JU| H NU| J1
Hold back the mind in Almightys existence form of place.
Whereas the whole world holds back their mind in desires therefore they die while regretting
for the misfortune.

N UN ; HU| | v
J H N ; N|m| v
U m:- N-Master1 UN-one1 HU|-H|ml, everyone,! all1 |-
female1 J-many,! various1 H-constume1 N|m|-N |8 H| JU|,
H|Um NH|, engrossed!in!false!or!maya1
HH | |UN J H| |HH| H U|ml |UH|ml J1 H K| H| |UH| J,
J mNl H NU| J1
Almighty is the only groom while the entire creation is His brides.
Hypocrite (Kureaar, Pakhendi) jeevs embraces various outfits however without faith one
achieves nothing in the entire lifetime.
!
W| H| ; |N JU| v
HJ|M MU| ; N U| v
U m:- -other1 W|-W, house1 H|-going1 |N-halt,!stop1 JU|-
remain1 HJ|M- H |8, Almightys!form1 |N-N, obstruction1
H mF |UH J|, H M |HH || N | J, J H U | HH
mF H W |8 M MU| J, |NH | N J| U|1
One who have refrained (stop) his concentration from going towards the non-master (An- Isht
- other then master e.g. worldly desires).
Such ones are then call upon by Almighty to be reunited without any obstruction (Thak).

H|U H| ; H|8 |m| v
HU| HJN|F ; N| | v7cv
U m:- H|U-UH, sermon1 H|-corrected,! beautified1 N|-N
, by!the!Master1 |-mF| F |Mm J, embraced1
H H8 U| |m| Nl U UH H| J, J HJNF N mF M HM|
Jv7cv
The bride form of jeev (being) who is beautified by the Gurus hymn is loved by Almighty
means that listening, accepting and practicing the Gurus hymn is the true beauty of this jeev
(being).
Such jeev (being) is the faithful bride of the Master (Almighty) whom Almighty has blessed
with his company.
!
KM KM J H| ; 8| H|N v
KJ|F | H J| ; | K |F| K v
U m:- KM KM-KM|Uml, J J mH |Nml, rambling,! roaming1 H|-
mate1 -torn1 8|-N, outfit,! clothes1 H|N-decoration1 KJ|F-H
U| |, doubtful!intellect1 |-physical!body1 H-happiness1 |-without1
K-fear1 |F|-H J HlU| J, vanished,!perished1 K-Kl U|ml Kl, m
H|, flock1
mN Hl |8 |U |U J H|! mN H| |UU|ml HH H () JU J
HN | JF M |8 H J| JU1 | N U K M m (K) H|l
U H J|Um J1
Dear Mate (Sekhi), while rambling and roaming in various physical bodies during
reincarnation, which were then vanished together with all the sensors.
With the doubtful intellect (Budhi) there is no happiness and without Almightys fear, groups
of jeev are vanished.
Guru Ji illustrate the pains of reincarnation in which one who is mesmerized in his/her self
created desires travels continuously in various forms with hope to fulfill the desires.
However, the desires keep on evolving through the various forms. Therefore without
knowledge of the truth and self-enlightment the journey is endless.
!

K| HU| W| mF ; K|| N| HH|F v
K |m N| mF ; | H |F v
U m:- K|-in!fear1 HU|-m HU|, |Hl M H NU|, died!from!
selfGconceit1 K||-seen1 N|-husband! (Almighty)1 HH|F-HHF, allGknower,!
intelligent1 |-fearless1 |F-|HH N, upon!remembering1
H mF H| |8 H| NN H NU| J, H HHF | HH |HJ U|
H NN |Nm J1 |HH mF Nl U K H |8 |m J, J H H
N | JU| J1
The bride is look upon with blessing vision of the intelligent groom (Almighty) who has died
from the sense of living (Jeev Bhav physical self existence) while in the body (means
during lifetime).
The ones who has adopted the fear of the Guru within their mind, recites Almightys name
and become fearless.
KN| H | WF| ; H U J| U| v
| || HU H| ; m|H |m | v
U m:- KN|- ',! on! mountain1 H-dwell1 |-thirst1 WF|-
J, extremely1 ||-quench1 H|-upon! believing1 m|H-mHN H|
UF M H HM, nectar! of! Almightys! Name1 |ml-drank1 |-N N,
H N, completely!filled!1
HNM l |8 H H| m Ul U| |mH J MN J| H|1 HU mF
H U|m U U J| H|Fml J, H|Fm J1 N HU H N |mH
| N| J m HH HF N mH mU m|H | J1
I (jeev) lived in thoughts form of mountains and had tremendous thirst for worldly materials
until I have seen my real form then I realised Almighty is the closest
Minds thoughts and thirst is gone once I have agreed to Gurus hymn and upon recognising
Almightys presence within the entire creation I drink the nectar of real-self bliss (Atma-
Anand).
!!!!!!

U|J U|J m H NU| ; H U|U v
N Um UH| ; | | H|U vOv
U m:- U|J-give! it! to! me1 m-are! said1 H-all1 NU|-JN H|,
everyone1 Um-door1 UH|-given1 |-thirst1 |-quenched1
UH UJ l H NU| mU J, |HH HH 8JU J H H|Nl Um
UH NU J1 |HH Nl Um UH |UU J, J J| Ul U| |H
|mH | NU JvOv
Although everyone ask for sermons (Updesh) for the sake of asking but Almighty only
blesses his sermon to whomever He pleases through a True Guru.
Whoever is blessed with sermon through a True Guru, the thirst of greed for worldly
materials goes away (quenches).
!
M J || ; |J |J | N| v
J |J U ; JM |NH | v
U m:- M-searcher1 -search1 J-H, me,! I1 ||-roam,!
wander1 |J-|KN U, falling1 |-!laying!on!ground1 N|-N, mighty,!
strong1 -heavy1 J-defeated1 |J-fall1 JM-light1 |NH-escape,! 1
|-ferried!across1
H M| J N U| |U| Jl, |N NU| |UH | J l N| U|m H N
(N|) F UU mU| H JU mU J, H l NN JU J |JF HN
J |J U1 JM H | J, J HH Ul U HHU JU J1
I (jeev) become the searcher and search around if there is anyone permenant in this entire
world and discovered that all have been perished during their time including the most strong
ones like Harnakash in the age of Satyug, Ravan in the age of Threta, Deryodhen in the age
of Duapur, etc.
Those who were heavy with their loads of sins and the perish worthy has been perished and
light ones (Punni ones who performs beneficial deeds for others) go across the ocean of
worldly pains.
!

mH mH8| J| |HM ; | N J |M H v
| N| | mWM|m ; HN| H|M |HM v
U m:- mH-m|H|, eternal1 mH8|-|HNH, desireless1 |HM-attains,!
meet1 | N-Jl Hl , upon! those1 J-me1 |M-strength1 |-
their1 |-dust1 H-upon, sacrifice1 mWM|m-|U J, |U J,
release1HN|-company1 H|M-unite1 |HM-union1
|HNH (mH8|) J N mH J| H |HM J, Jl U mH| |MJ HU Jl1 Jl
U| NN |U (mWM|m) J1 J U|! Jl U| HN U HM |8 mF
m |HM1
I (Guru Ji) sacrifice upon those who met the Eternal Universal Life (Almighty) desirelessly.
The feet dust (Dhur) of those who met Almighty releases one from all attachments therefore
through the company of such fortunate ones they are united in Almightys union.
!
H U|m N| mF ; |Um |HM v
|H| H U|m , |H HH ; |H |MJ H v
U m:- H-mind1 N|-N, Guru1 U|m-given1 |Um-obtained1
|HM- HM |J, |! dirtless,! clean1 -Almightys! Name1|H|-|HH ,
who1 HH-serve!1
H mF H N mF N| J m N U | H |Um J1 |HH
H|N H |U J, H H HU Jl, H J| |MJ HlU Jl, |N|N H
N J| |UN |H8 J|Um J1
I have obtained the pure Almightys Name by surrendering my mind to Guru.
The True Guru who has blessed the Almightys Name I (jeev) serve Him (Guru Ji) in this
manner I (jeev) sacrifice upon Him because though Guru Ji I have faith in the only one
Almighty.
!

H H H JH| ; |H | m N|U v
NHU| |H HHM ; | U J|U v9v
U m:- H-U NU J, HU J, develops,! constructs1 JH|-JU
J, H NU J, vanishes,!destroys1 |H-Him1 |-without1 m-no!other1
NHU|-N U| |N M, with!Gurus!grace1 |H-Him1 HHM-UU, HHMU|
Jl, |HHU| Jl, remember1 |-H| |8, |8, physical!body1
H |UH HH N FU J J J| |UH M NU J (JH|)1 H HH |
J NU| | HH J| J, H Nl U| |N M H |JN UU (HHM) N|U l
H |8 U J, HH H U m J Hv9v
Almighty who constructs this universe also destroys the whole universe therefore there is no
other more capable then Him.
Remember Almighty with the grace of the Guru and one shall never have pains again means
that birth and death becomes meaningless.
!
F N H |NH NJ| ; F N Jm JN v
m|F H|F |N8|m ; U| |m N v
U m:- F-, there! is! none1 H-mine1 |NH- |NH ,! whom1 NJ|-
Nl, |NH U mH Ml!, to! hold! on! to! means! whose! support! shall! I!
embrace1 Jm-has!been!(in!past)1 JN-JN, will!be!(in!future)1 m|F H|F-
HH H, come!(birth)!&!go!(death)1 |N8|m- JU|U J, ruined1 U|-
U|8 , U |NHH U, doubt1 |m-infected1
H NU| J| J, H |NH NJF Nl J| NU| | J|Um J| NU| mN JN1
HU N mF HF |8 JU|U J, U N U| N MN |JU J1
Who shall I (jeev) rely on, as there is no one that belongs to me as there were no one in the
past and there will be no one in the future as well.
Till I (jeev) am being ruined (spoiled) in the reincarnation cycle, until then the desease of
doubt remains.
!

FH |JF mUH| ; NM N |N| v
|F |N |m ; H|U H|M m| v
U m:- FH-Almightys! Name1 |JF-|l, without1 mUH|-man1 NM-
saline! soil1 N-wall1 |N|-fall1 |F-without1 |N-how1 |m-escape1
H|M-N, hell1
H |l mUH| |UH l |KNU J, |H NM MNF M N |KN U| J,
|l |NH M U J| |KNU HlU J1 H |l |N N J HNU J, | m
N |8 HlU J1
Without Almightys Name human falls in such manner just like the wall fall upon the touch
of salt means the each breath falls uselessly.
Without Almightys Name how can one escape as in the end one is assigned to the hell.

NF NF m| ; mNF H8 H|U v
m|Nm| H|J|F J ; N | |Nm J|U v
U m:- NF-|NF|, count1 NF-NFU J, make! others! to! count1
m|-ml U J|, through!letters1 mNF- M , countless1 m|Nm|-
ignorant1 H|J|F-H HF, without!wisdom1
m N |NF|ml NFU J, |N m HH H J m H8 H HH J, J
mNF J, |NF|ml NN |HMU J|1 |UJ H| H m|Nm| HJ|F J |UH
N |l |Nm J| JU J1
Scholar reads, counts and make others to count that he have read this number of divine
knowledge books but Almighty, the truth is beyond any count as Almighty is not attainable
through counts or claims.
The ignorant and unwise jeev will never attain knowledge without the Guru.
Guru Ji explains that Almighty cannot be attained through egoistic claim of knowledge,
practices or any other means. He is attainable through the blessing of a True Guru (Guru
Granth Sahib Ji) as the blessing is obtained by being selfless.
!!

| N| ; H J| |H|N v
||m HM ; N N| HHN v7v
U m:- |-| JU|, broken1 -, string1 -Rebab! (string!
instrument)1 H-instrument! here! it! means! desire1 |H|N-|HN U N,
separation1 N|-NN1 HHN-HM, union1
HU H| | U| Fl | H, U Fl U |HN NN HU
J|1 ||m Fl HH UJ U M HM |UU J, |UH H| m Fl U
HHN J| JU J m Jl Fl U H| U M HHN N MU J1
UH m:- | H U| || | H |JN U |m M | JU| J
H|H lJ| H U 8 J| JU1 || U HHN NN N H| N|JU J, ||m
HM MU Jv7v
When the Rebab (String Instrument) form of bodys life forces (Pran) like strings are broken
then physical body stops all movements as the life forces and body has been separated.
The separated life-forces are then merged into Almighty thereafter the union of the same
body and life-forces never happen as the life-forces will be united with different body.
Second Meaning: The broken concentration liked string of the mind liked Rebab,
Almightys Name is not uttered. Guru Ji says that upon the union of minds concentration and
Almightys Name, Almighty reunites the separated ones.


N|Um , | H ; | | 8 v
8N|J |H|M UNH ; | N H 8 v
U m:- -, tree1 N|Um-H|, body1 |-|, birds1 |-
1 8-five1 -mHM|m M, H1 8N|J-pick1 |H|M UNH-|UN
M |HM N1 H-noose1 8- |, 8!grain!of!rice!equals!to!1!Rati1
l |8 Nl|Um | H | J H| (H) | |UN | J1 H (,
m, HH, |m, U) |UH U J, H H | 8N H | 8N
8NU J, J HH M |HM N |UN J HlU J Jl H | J|
J| U|1
Among the forest species human physical body is a tree and jeev (being) is the bird whose
five life-forces (Pran, Apan, Seman, Bian and Udhiyaan) are the wings. This jeev form of
bird picks the food of truth (recite Almightys name), with Almightys company jeev unites
as as common form therefore the noose of death angel never even touch slightly.

K|J NM NM ; N|J 8N WF| v
J| | ; mN|F | F| v
U m:- NM NM-+NM, U U|ml NMl, NJM| NJM|, hurry1 8N-bird!
food1 WF|- plenty1 mN|F-mNF, sins1 |-|, misery1
H HH H| HNM NU J m J | ||Hm | WF| 8N UU J
||Hml |8 J| Jl U |8 |JU J, Jl U Fl U HU |UH H| |HN JU
J U mNFl NN Jl ' |UJ | m FU| J, | H NH
JU J1
The thoughts created rapidly progresses deeper and deeper into desires form of feed picks by
bird means that a tiny thought is amplified instantly by mind to an idea, decision and
execution just like a bird keeps on picking seeds non-stop.
When the bird wings form of life-forces is separated from the physical body then great
difficulties arises due to demerits means that sinner obtains pains.

| H8 |N |m ; J| NF N|H HF| v
m| KU |m ; K m| F| v
U m:- |-without1 H8-truth1 |N-|N, how1 |m- HN|U J,
release1 N|H-Karma1 HF|-jewel1
|l J| H8 U NFl H|Um | H| |N |U, J| |U1 J| U NF
U JU J HU 8N NHl U| | N JU| J Hl K H m HH| K
H NH JF m HH |N N l U J1
Without the True Almightys virtues, how can one escape means one can never escape but
Almightys virtues are only obtained when the returns of good deeds becomes fruitful.
Else the Almighty who is the greatest Master rescues means that when good deeds and
Almightys grace is present then jeev is saved.
!
NHU| |m ; |N m| N|U v
mF J| KU|m ; H U|U vv
U m:- NHU|-Nl U| |N M, with! Gurus! blessing1 J|- J,
hand1 -, pleasing1
N U| |N M J| |U J N l JU J, H J HH m |N
N1 H HH U J |8 J| |KmU| J, |HH 8JU J, H |UU Jvv
With Gurus grace one is liberated but Guru is obtained when Almighty himself bestows His
grace.
All the glories are in Almightys hand; He bestows the glories to whomever He is pleased
upon.
!
!
!
!

N H|m ; |JF J|U v
| H| H8 UN J ; NH | N|U v
U m:-! N-J NU J, shivers!extensively1 H|m- H|, mortal1
-mH, place1 |JF-N, without1 |-H8 l, true! place! means! the!
common! form! of! all1 H|-H N M, believing1 |-|NU J|,
never!ruins1
|UJ H| H |JF J|Um NU J1 |UH H| mU UF M |UN
H8 l J| J1 HF NN |UH H| U NU| | NH |NU J| J1
This jeev is empty (without) from your existence form (Sarup) therefore greatly trembles
(kempe shiver) means that jeev losses balance in life without Almighty.
Dear Almighty you are the only true place for this jeevs honour by accepting you (Almighty)
none of the jeevs mission fails.

| |UF , | N ; | H8 |8 v
H| , J ; | m v
U m:- |-HU | |JF M, mM, permenant,! forever1 |UF-
+m|UF Hl U W, the!house!of!mankind1 H|-U, deities1 J
-l U | HH, the! Master! of! all! masters1 |-mH|m, the! ones!
without!support1 m- mH, support1
J |UF! HU | J Hl N | J1 H Nl Um |8 NU J, J | |
J1 U|m, Hl l U | J| J m J| |mH|m U mH J1
Dear Almighty, you are ever permenant (Ther) and Guru is permenant and one who
contemplates through Guru remains permenant as well.
The deities (Sur), human (Nar) and master (Nath), Almighty is the Master of all Masters and
support for the ones without support.
!

H | ; U U v
HJ U J UN ; m v
U m:- H-H, all,! entire1 -place1 |-+m| l |8
|J M, resident1 - , |HH U M M M|m H
HN, beyond!shores!means!endless1
H l m H H l |JU J, H U U UF M U J1 H |H |
U Jl, |UN J| H mU J1 J HH U NU| m J|1
Almighty exists everywhere and within all those who live in those places, Almighty is the
generous bestower to the entire universe.
Wherever I look, I only see You (Almighty) there is no end or limit to your greatness this
shore and the other side of the shore means Almighty greatness is beyond this world and the
next world.
!
| | |Jm ; N HU| |8| v
mFH|Nm U UH| ; K mNH m v0v
U m:- |-|mN, immersed! within1 |Jm-remain1 |8|-|8 U|
J|, through! contemplation1 mFH|Nm-mF+H|Nm | HN , without!
asking1 U-donation1 UH|-gives1 K-great1 mNH-H U| N ,
beyond!the!comprehension!of!the!mind1 m-beyond!shores1
J ! J l J |UN |8 |J J, N HU|ml U |8 J, H K
J m H F| U m|H J1 NU| m J| HNU1 |l HN J| H
U UU J |l HN J| H F |JF |UU J1
Almighty, your existence are within all, this is the contemplation of Gurus hymn (Shabad).
Almighty, you are beyond mind and speech (Agam) and no one can discover your limit
(Apaar beyond limit), you are the bestower of everything even without one asking (An-
mangia) means that Almighty blesses and fulfills all mortals needs such as food, water, air,
etc. although if one do not ask for it.
!

U|Um U U|UmM ; N| N| UFJ v
U|Um N|J H|M M|J ; | H|J |J H| v
U m:- U|Um-mercy1 U|UmM-U|U+mM U|Um U W, house! of!
mercy1 N|-N, create1 N|-NN, after! creating1 UFJ-NF+J
UF M, the! observer1 H|M-unites1 |-instantly1 H|J-within1 |J-J
N, destruct1 H|-H M J, construct1
J |UmM ! mF| U|Um NN H U UJ1 J| H|m U| | NN
|UJl U NHl UFJ J1 |HH ' U|Um NU J, H mF M HM
MU J1 J HH ! |UN M |8 J N H MU J1
Dear House of Mercy, please be merciful and bless me (jeev) a gift of your (Almighty) name,
you are the creator and you then oversee all the deeds of your creation (beings).
Upon whomever you shower your mercy, you unite them in your true form, Dear Capable
(Samrath) you are able to destroy and construct in split of an eye.
!
U | J| ; U N |H| U v
UMU H U UMF ; NH| |Nm |m vv
U m:- U-U U M, U, donor1 |-U M, observer1 |H|-
|H HH, supreme1 UMU-U|MU, N||, poverty1 H-F M,
perisher,!destroyer1 U-pain1 UMFH N M, smasher1 |Nm-mHN
|Nm, wisdom,!enlightment1 |m-concentration1
U | J| J m UF M | J| J1 U|U U |H U UF M U J1
U|MU F (H) M Ul UM J | J| J1 |Nm NN NHl U
JK |8 |m MNU Jvv
You (Almighty) are the donor (Dana), you are the observer (Bina) and the supreme donor to
all other donors.
You (Almighty) are the destroyer of poverty and the smasher of pains, through knowledge
You bless one to be agreeable to your true existence and focus his/her concentrations on you.
!

| N|Um |J |m ; H|J 8| N v
|M| H8 H|8m ; |HM H |m| v
U m:- |-wealth1 N|Um-8M H, gone1 |m-|U J, grieves! ,!
afflicts1 8|-|8, interest,! attachment1 N-fools1 |M|-||Mm ,
rare1 H8-truth1 H|8m-|UN N|, accumulate,!collect1
|HH U 8M HF N |U J, H |8 N U |8 MN |J J, |UH
|J J N H HH U |HM m H8 H H J, |UH Hl |m
NN |UN N| J, mF |JU mU |m J1
Wealth, for losing which one grieves while sitting at home (means one is unable to do
anything else) only the fools attaches their mind with such wealth.
Only very rare ones have loved Almighty whole heartedly without any wealth influences and
collected Almightys Name as the true wealth in their heart.

N|Um HF U|J ; H 8|J |N UN v
H U|H |H H|m ; | N N| N v
U m:- -wealth1 N|Um-gone1 HF U|J-let! it! go1 8|J-8 H,
immersed1 |N UN-|UN |JN U N (H) |8, for! the! sake! of! Almightys!
love1 |H-head! means! everything1 H|m-H U, surrender1 |-even!
then1 N-creators1 N-mH, H, support,!sanctuary1
H |UN |JN U H |8 H 8 H m |Nm J l HF UJ1 H U N J
(|H) | H|U | N U| J| H (N) MU|U |mN U m|H N|U1
If our mind is immersed in Almightys love then if the wealth goes, let it go.
Surrender your (jeev) mind and also pride, by sacrificing everything including self one should
still embrace the Almightys sanctuary means that one should never be proud of the sacrifices
made, as it is nothing compare to attaining Almighty.
!

|J NU ; H H|J HU mU v
UH HH U ; N N|U v
U m:- -worldly! affairs,! trade1 -U, striving1 |J-giveGup,!
abandon1 UH-UH H, enemies1 -from1 HH-friend1 U-became1
-|HM, met1 N|U-N+|U HH MF M, the! univesal! sustainer,!
NF| NN M|m H (|U), the!One!who!can!be!found!through!Gurbani 1
|HH M H |8 N HU U mU J|Um m H HH |HM U H
M UF |J J NU 1 H UHHF H| J | HHF J NU1
When the bliss of hymn (shabad) is experienced, since then the chase towards worldly affairs
and trades ended.
All the enemies become beloved friends since the Almighty is seen within all.
Guru Ji explains that the most blissful act in this world is to read, listen, believe and practice
Gurbani. Thereafter one sees Almighty as the form of life within all; which ends the
differences created by the mind between the creations.
!
|| | ; H J| W| | v
H|N| HM| |H|M J| ; HH HF U || vv
U m:- -HNM, forest1 ||-roam,! wander1 |-MU|, search1
H-material! here! it! means! realGself1 J|-remained1 W|-W |8
mJN, home!here!it!means!Antahkaran!(fourfold!mind)1 |-|8, inside1
HM|-HM M, the! one! who! unites1 |H|M-unite1 |-|, taken! away,!
perish1
mN l | HNM HNM |8 MU| |U| H| m mJN |8 mH H |J
NU|1 |HH U| | H|N H| HM| J, Jl U| |HM J| J1 H U M N| J|Um
H HH H U U H|, J |H |Nmvv
Previously the intellect were roaming in forest (uncultivated places) searching for Almighty
whereas in reality Almighty was all the while within Antahkaran.
The True Guru has united the intellect and Almighty thereafter the pains of birth and death
ended.

N |m ; |F NF HH | H|J v
|H UJ UJ J ; mN|F || |J v
U m:- -mN NH, plenty!types1 N-NU JU, while!doing1 |m-
escape,! release1 |F-without1 NF-virtues1 HH |-HH U| | |8, hell1
H|J-HlU J, going1 -not1 |H-that1 UJ-this1 mN|F-demerit,! vices1
||-then1 |J-regrat1
mNl N U NH N|Um HH H N J| J HNU1 |l |Nm NF
HH| J| HF U J1 mNF NN H| J U J1 H H| U |UJ
MN H|m J m J| MN H|m J, |UH H| l |UJ HH |
H|Um |HM| m J| HH |H|Mm1
While performing various types of deeds, one does not attain salvation and without
knowledge and virtues (merits) one is assigned to hell.
Upon adopting demerits (Augun) one regrets because one has not rectified (adorn) this world
and next world (after death) as well.
!
|H |Nm |m J ; |H H |m v
|F | NJ ; |Nm HF m|H v
U m:- |m-'8| H, concentration1 NJ-|N!, where?1 m|H-
ego,!pride1
J| |UH |Nm J|Um |UH U |JN |8 |m J| MN1 |UH U
H NHF |8 J| |m MN1 |UJ H| H H | | |N JN
m N| HF|U |UH H| U m|H NN MN |8 N| JM JN1
H|NmH U| |UH |UU J:-
Nor one has obtain knowledge neither concentration in Almighty and nor focus on practicing
the religious deeds (Note: The religious deeds which emphasizes the recitation of Almightys
Name).
Without reciting Almightys Name, how can ever this jeev attain fearless state and who
knows what will happen to this being (jeev) in the next world means the next world becomes
painful due to the remaining residue ego.
Guru Ji in the next line describes the vision of a disciple;

|N J| |N m ; J J| v
HH H NM ; |NH |J N| N v
U m:- |N-tired,! fatigue1 m-J8, reach1 J-J, vastness 1
NM-N JU, U |m |8 N JU, immersed! in! Almightys! love1 N-
plead,!appeal1
mN NH NU| JU| |UJ | N NU| J1 H HH N |NH l J8l1 |UH
HH HHU U| NU| J J| J m mF H H J| mU J1
H H H JU J H H| J1 |UH NN H |NH mN N Nl1
The intellect is being tired performing various deeds, by which method shall I (jeev) attain
Almighty as there is no shore of the materialistic worldly ocean and then my real-self is not
visible.
Neither have I obtained the saints who are Almighty lovers therefore before whom shall I
plead for help.
!
N | | H N| ; HM HMFJ v
|H| || H HMH| ; N N J| m| v?v
U m:- |-|m |, | HH, beloved! groom! (Almighty)1
HMFJ-H HMF HH J, the!one!who!unites1 |H|-|HH , whom1 ||-
separates1 HMH|-unites1 J|- |m, love1 m|-m, beyond1
N H| N|JU J, |N | | H NJ|U l HH (HMFJ) HMN1 |HH |UJ H|
|UH| N NN || J, J |J J| |N |UH| M Nl |8
m H (J|) U N HMNv?v
Guru Ji says that Almighty will surely reunite if we continuously utter Husband, Husband
(Perio, Perio).
The jeev (being) form of wife is separated by Almighty because of committing sins therefore
the jeev can only be reunited by the grace vision of the separator (Almighty) through the
utmost love in Guru.
!

; | N |m v
| MU ; H v
U m:- -sin1 -H J, bad1 |-sinner1 |m-lovely1 MU-load,!
accumulate1 H-spreads,!broaden1
J, | | | |m MNU J m MUU J, |UN NU J
m mN Jl | U U J1
Sin is bad even then it is lovely to a sinner.
In this manner the sin is loaded on the jeev means one accumulate sins and broaden the sins
further through other as well.
Sin is evil, but it is sweet unto the sinner. He loads sins and through sin he makes ostentation.

J| ; F m v
|H ; HN |HN H v
U m:- |J-|mN N, abandon1 m-mF m , realGself1 HN-
sadness,!sorrow1 |HN-|, separation1 H-U, sorrow1
HN l |mN N, mF m F l |UH |HN U U JN, J|
|UH U H| U JN1
If one recognizes himself (or herself) by abandoning sins;
One shall never have the sorrow of separation (with Almighty) neither one will have any
physical body pains.
!
!
!
!
!

|N |N J ; |N 8 HHNM v
|N mF HF |H ; NM v
U m:- |N-hell1 -|8 F , falling! into! hell1 8- saved1
HHNM-angels!of!death1 -H, destroyed1
|UJ H| N |8 F |N J, |UH |NH l HH NM N 8 m |NH l
|UH U mF HF J1 H J, H H| U J1 |UH NN J| NM |UH
U H () NU J1
How can this jeev be spared from falling into the hell and can jeev be saved from the angel of
death who kills.
How would the birth (arrive) and death (depart) be separated from this jeev means birth and
death end, the false which is accepted by this jeev is the cause for jeev to be vanished by the
angel of death.
!
H HHM| |m ; | HHM H|J v
|F |N |m ; 8|J 8|J vcv
U m:- HHM|-HHM |8, entanglement1 |m-|Hm J|Um, M|m
J|Um, captured! tightly1 8|J-HU J, JU J, suffer1 8|J-J |
NU J, make!others!suffer1
|UJ H| HHM |8 |m J|Um |Hm J, | | HHMl |8 J| U J1 H
| |NH l N J1 m l |8 JU J HN|ml | NU
Jvcv
Although this jeev is entangled tightly in worldly affairs but still prefers to engross further
into more worldly entanglements;
Without Almightys name how will ever the jeev be free from worldly entanglements and
keeps on engrossing in sins further more engrosses his (or her) associates in sins as well.
!
!

|| || ; J| H Nm v
|| ; m |Nm Jm v
U m:- ||-again1 J|-noose1 H-trapped1 Nm-Nl, H, NM|ml
Nl M H, crow!i.e.!sinful!person1 m-now1
H| Nl H H N HHl U| J| |8 HU J1 HU HHl M HH |HMU| J l |
U J, U HHU N|JU J, JF N| J HNU J1
This jeev form of crow again and again gets trap into the angel of deaths net while roaming
in the cycle of birth and death.
Jeev regrets upon being yelled by the angel of death, then the angel of Death says there is
nothing can be done now.
!
8N 8N ; J| v
HN |HM ; m| H v
U m:- -|Hm J|Um, captivity1 8N-bird! food! e.g.! seeds 1-HHH,
realize1
|UH HH |8 mH J J, ||Hm | 8N 8NU J|Um HHU J| J|1 H
H|Nl |HM l | l |8 H m H1
The entrapment of the materialistic world is such that while picking up the seeds form of
desires one never understands (realize) the truth.
Upon meeting True Guru the eyes form of intellect is opened and one obtains realization of
truth. !

|H HM| ; | HH H|M v
|F N U ; HN| |M v
U m:- |H-|H, like1 HM|-fish1 |-H| JU|, capture1 H|M-net1
HN|-HN|, liberation1 |M-find,!expect1
|UJ H| HHl U HM |8 |UH l |Hm J|Um J, |H HM| HM |8 H| JU|
JU| J1 N U|ml |l HN| M, HN| J| JU| J1
One is trapped in the angel of deaths net just like a fish in a fishermans fishing net.Without
the bestower Guru never search for salvation means that salvation can never be obtained.

|| || m ; || || H|U v
|UN |N 8 ; J |M M|U v
|U ; || H |U vcv
U m:- |UN |N-|UN HH U H |8, one! love1 8-HHU J,
dissolved1 |M-||, concentration1 H-J|, trap1
|UH NN H| |UH HH |8 mU J HlU J, HHU HU
|JU J1 |UN U H |8 H 8 J, J || H J J1 |UH l NN H |
J, J | HHl U| J| |8 J| Uvcv
Due to the entrapment one comes and goes over and over again means one is in the cycle of
birth and death.
One who is immersed in Almightys love continuously concentrate on Almightys name.
In this manner one is free from all worldly entrapment and will never have angel of deaths
noose in the neck
!
!

| | N| J| ; | U |U v
| 8M W| mF ; |JF ||J H|M H|U v
U m:- |-H N, again1 |U-|N, U, stranger1 |JF-F, |,
sister1 ||J-| |8, sad1
J U|! | Ul 8J J| J, J J| |UH HH H U | J NU1
HU U mF W m | H U W 8M HlU J U F H Ul U| |
J , J Jl U | |8 H HlU| J1
Intellect utters again (Bira) and again for worldly materials means that wish for worldly
materials which is the form of enemy in creating separation between the being (jeev) and
Almighty.
When the worldly materials goes back to their home which means when the materials goes to
another person with greater merits then the sister which is intellect of materials so burns in
the separation of materials.
!
M N W| | ; M| M |J v
H M|J NHF| ; H|N H|J |J v
U m:- M-| (| m|Nm), father! (akin! ignorance)1 |-|,
daughter1 M|-H| |UH|, wife1 M-U, materials1 |J-|m, love1
H-if1 M|J- yearned1 -HH |, husband!i.e.!Almighty1 NHF|- |UH|,
wife1 |J-|J, love1
|UJ HH mH J HH M (N W) | |UJ m|Nm U W J, |HH |8 H|
| J m |UH H| | U Ul U M H J1 H HH H|
|UH| 8JU| J l H|Nl H M H1
This world is a form of parental house, which is filled with ignorance, in which the being
(jeev) form of daughter dwells with attachment to this worldly materials.
The Almighty groom for whom this jeev form of bride wishes for; the bride should serve the
True Guru with utmost love.
!

|M |Nm| F ; H|N H|8 |HM|U v
N J| KU|m ; H U|U v
U m:- |M-NU| |M J|, rare1 F-HH M, the! one! who! makes!
others! to! understand1 H|8-H8, truth1 |HM|U-|HM J, meet1 KU|m-
|KmU|ml, praise1 H-upon!whom1 -pleased1
NU| |M J| Nm| HH M (F) JU J, M JU J1 J J| JU
J, |HH H8 H|N |HM J |UJ |KmU|ml l HH U J |8 J1 J
|HH 8JU J, H |UU J1
Only rare scholar is wise enough to understand the Gurus sermons among them are a few
who embraces and practices the sermons in their daily life and they are the fortunate ones
who meets the True Guru.
However all the merits are in Almightys hand, He gives to who ever pleases.
!
F| |M |8H| ; H N NH| J|U v
|UJ F| HJ N| ; |H W| H J|U v0Ov
U m:- |M-|M J|, rare1 |8H|-|8U J, contemplates1 HJ
-H|N, Guru!Ji1 |H W|-mF W |8 mH H, realGself,!Atma1
N U UH NU| |M J| |8U J1 |HJ NU| |8U J J H NH
JU J1 H | N U| F| NU J, H U H (|H) H |8 H J HlU
J1
|UJ UmN H F| J H HH U| J1 HH U| | N M|
|UH F| |8 M J| |H W |8 H JU Jv0Ov
Only a rare one contemplates (Vichar) on Gurus preaching (Bani), the person who
contemplates is truly a Gurmukh.
This hymn (Bani) belongs to the Greatest Universal Protector (Mahapurakh e.g. True Guru),
therefore whoever adopts this Gurus Bani (Hymn) in their mind shall reside in the very own-
self meaning one shall immerse in Almighty.
Second Meaning: This hymn is the form of Almighty, which describes Almighty who is the
great universal protector, therefore who ever contemplates its principals shall reside in its
own-self which is Atma the true form.

| | W|m , W| W| H ; |J H , H J v
U m:- -shatter1 W|m-!construct1 H-HU J, build1 H-F
JU, built1
N WU J m H W H W| J, J H U JNH |8 J| H JU|
J1 J |ml HU J H|m JU J1
Almighty destroys, demolishes and creates, the creation which Almighty has created is then
destroyed by His command (Hukam); after total destruction He builds and after building He
does the destruction again.
!
H | H , | | ; HH J v
U m:- H-H, M, lake,! pool1 H-HNlU J, parched1 -N N
U J, completely! filled1 HH-omnipotent,! allGcapable1 J-careG
free1
M H JU J, Jl HNU J m H () JU J Jl J |
N N |UU J1
The Omnipotent (Samrath) and Care-free (Veparvah) Almighty fills the lakes with water then
dries them, the ones which are already filled is filled again till the top.
Guru Ji explains that Almighty has infinite gifts as He is able to fill the empty and fill the
fullest just as Guru Nanak Dev Ji place a Jasmine (Chambeli) flower on the milk surface
contained till the top of a jug. The jug was presented to him in Multan with a message that
Multan is contented with Pir (Saint) and He was not required to be there, Guru Ji placed
flower to deliver the message that he was there not to take over their place instead to enhance
them with the fragrance of Almightys meditation.

|H M U |U ; |F N |Nm U|m v
NH| |Nm K| | N| ; |H |8 | HU|m v
U m:- |H-H |8, |JH |8, illusion1 M-strayed1 N- destiny1
K|-string1 N|-hold1 |8-|8U J, pull1
H |8 M JU H| NHM (|U) J NU J1 |l Nl |UJ N| |8 HNU
J1 NHl m H|Fm J, |N NH (NH H HH U N) K|
m | JU| J, H H|l U NH M U | J HH J1 J |HH
H |8U J, H H J| HU|U J1
The illusion (bharam) has strayed the jeev (being), which caused this jeev to become crazy in
search of power and wealth however without fate what can one attain.
Gurmukh has realized that the string of fated deeds (Pralbad Karam) is in Almightys hand
means that Almighty is the bestower of all the returns of previous deeds therefore towards
whoever He pulls the one goes.
!
J| NF N|U , HU |N ; J| U|m v
U m:- HU-JHH, always1 J|-|, subsequently,! again1 U|m-
regret1
H H| U NF N N HU H U H U N |8 N J, J | J|
NU1
The ones who sing Almightys praises remain in the bliss of Almightys love therefore they
never regret again as attain the contentment in life.

, M|J NH| |J ; |H W| H U|m v
U m:- M|J-search1 |H W-realGself,!Atma1 H-residential1
Um N H| N NU J, |N H H|Nl HU J, J NH HHU J1
H HHU J, J H H H (|H W) |8 H MU J1
Through Bheba alphabet Guru Ji says that those who search for the True Guru understand the
truth and those who understand the truth immerse in their true-self (Almighty).


HM HN | ; mH |H |m v
U m:- HM-HHU, ocean1 HN-H, path,! route1 |-N,
challenging1 mH-hope,!wish1 |H-without!hope!or!wish1 |m-swim1
Um N|JU J, |N HH HHU U H J N J1 |UJ H mH
|H J N JU J HU |H J N J| HN| JU| J1
Through Bheba alphabet Guru Ji says that the route across the materialistic worldly ocean is
difficult therefore only those are able to swim across who have attain a state beyond wishes
(Niraas).
!
NHU| m 8| ; H||m |U H|m v09v
U m:- NHU|-N U| |N M, Gurus! blessing1 8|- F,
recognise 1 H||m-while!living1 |U-|UH l, alike1
H H| N U| |N M H| H l |UH (|U) l H| mF H H
FU J1 | |UH HH HHU HlU Jv09v
The ones who have abandoned their sense of living (Jeev Bhav) with Gurus grace; swim
across the worldly ocean in this manner.
!
H|Um H|Um N| HU ; H|Um |NH H| v
U m:- HU-dies1 H|-accompany1
H|Um H|Um NU H H NU H|Um |NH U | H J| NU|1
All had died uttering mammon (maya) again and again but mammon (maya) never followed
along anyone to the next world.
Guru Ji explains the ultimate truth of Maya Although one may spend all his life in striving
for Maya but in the end it all stays behind.
!


JH 8M | KHF ; H|Um M| m| v
U m:- JH-swan1 8M-goes1 KHF-U|, U|8, sad1 m|-J HlU| J, left!
behind1
|HH M JH | H| U| J|Um N 8M HlU J H HlU J l H|Um |U
J| H| M HlU| J, H|Um |U J| U| |J HlU| J1
The swan form of the Jeev (being) wakes-up from this life form of sleep and walks away
(dies) and mammon (maya) is left behind.
!
H H|H H|Jm ; mNF 8M|J |M v
U m:- -false1 H|H-HH , angel!of!death1 H|Jm-|Nm J, U|m J,
observed1 8M|J-goes1 |M-along1
H| H J, J HHl |m (H|Jm) J1 mNF |UH U M J| 8MU J1
The false jeev (being) is monitored by the angel of death and all the demerits go along to the
next!world.
Note : The false word is used to described the truth that in reality the Jeev or being is self-
created from ego (haumai) until one proclaims to be different from Almighty the jeev remains
and upon enlightment the jeev vanishes away.
!
H H|J H M H ; H NF J|J |M v
U m:- M-H|Um M M N, N, against!selfness1
HN H NF H| U M JF l H U HNM M N H |8 J| H HlU J1
If jeev (being) had virtues then the thoughts of the mind shall reversely vanish within the
mind itself before the execution of evil deeds.
Note: Mind is created by thoughts, which are self-centered and divine virtues are always in
the interest of others so the negative (self-centered) thoughts merges into the positive
thoughts therefore the mind desolves.

!

H| H| N| HU ; |F U |M v
U m:- -H, true!Name1 |M- NU J, obtains1
H| H| NU H| H HlU J m HH U H |l Ul MU J, Ul
JFN1
While declaring worldly materials as mine one dies and at the end nothing is of use other than
Almightys Name.
Note: The pain of leaving behind the worldly possessions and attachments is one of the
greatest. Although the separation of physical attachments occurs after death but the
attachment bondage remains with the soul after life. Therefore, Guru Ji says that one should
recite Almightys Name to disengage with the mesmerizing Maya during lifetime.

N HU HJM NJ ; |H H| U|F v
U m:- N-|NM, fortresses1 HU-mansions1 HJM-palaces1 H|-HU|
U| K, magician1 U|F-N8|J|, JNH, Durbar1
|NM, HU, H|JM N N| J m |UJ N8|J|ml (U|F) |UH l J, |H H|N
U| H| J, H N |U H J| |H|m J1
What are the fortresses, mansions, palaces and courts, they are nothing but a temporary
building just like the one build on a stage for a drama means that all these buildings are
constructed for a show during lifetime and vanishes away afterlife therefore it is all false.!
!

N , H8 H |F ; mF HF v
m 8 H J ; m HF HHF v07v
U m:- -|m J, false1 mF HF-mF HF, H H|F,
reincarnate1 8-|HmF, smart1 HHF-'H |Nm M, 8, wise,! allG
knower1
N H| N|JU J, |N H8 H |l H H| J, H U mF HF J| |JU
J1 J HH m J| H H J|Um J1 HH m J| Jl U NHl HF
8 (HHF) Jv07v
Guru Ji says without Almightys (Sache) Name, jeev is false whereby he (jeev) has to come
(birth) and!go (death).
Almighty Himself is the form of all and He (Almighty) Himself is intelligent to know the
deeds of all.
!
H m|J H H|J | ; m|U NU |J v
U m:- |-|, H JM |8, HH |8 JU J|, again 1
H H| HHU J HU J m mF HF |8 J| NU J1
Those who are born (comes) in to a physical form will definitely die (goes), the jeev (soul)
repents in various reincarnations.
!
M 8H|J HU| ; W |J v
U m:- HU|-|HH|, world1 |J- ,!upwards1
|UJ H 8H| M Hl M| |HH| J HH FU| J, J |UJ J WU| J
m J| ' U| J1 | 8H| M F| |JU| J, WU| J '
U| J, H| HH U M J| mU1 |U |U |N M HlU J1
The 8.4 million (84 Lakhs) types of species created on this earth never increase beyond its
limit or decreases which means that the 8.4 million remains at any one time. (New species are
created while the old extinct).
Note: The total species are divided in four categories as follows;

Andraj - The creation from eggs (e.g. reptilias) 2.1 million species
Jeraj - The creation from womb (e.g. mamalia) 2.1 million species
Setaj - The creation from sweat (e.g. virus, bacterias) 2.1 million species
Uthpuj - The creation originated from earth (e.g. tree) 2.1 million species
Creation is also balanced with 4.2 million living in water and the other 4.2 million living on
surface.
Second Meaning: The 8.4 millions (84 Lakhs) types of species created on this earth among
which is the human species who is not progressing towards Almighty but keep on rolling
down in the cycle of reincarnation.
!
H H ; |H J| |Um v
Hm ; |N| H|Um v
U m:- -8 J, saved1 |Um-|m MN, mesmerising1 |N|-
JU|, ruined1
J H 8 J, |Hl J| U H |m J1 J U H |Nm J m
H|Um H MFJ| H| J JU| J1 J H|Um |H|m HF N |ml U
|H J| NU1
The jeev that is saved is the only one who loved the recitation of Almightys praises. Their
worldly affair has been vanished by which the cheater mammon (maya) is ruined means that
such enlightened ones acknowledge mammon (maya) as false therefore they do not expand
the worldly affairs.


H U|H H 8MH| ; |NH N H| N v
H| HH mF ; H mN U v
U m:- U|H-seen1 8MH|-going1 |NH-whom1 HH-mF N, devote1
mN U- l, offering1
Jl U |UJ |H8 J|Um J, |N H UF |8 mU J, J l | NM ( NM,
H NM, | NM) |8 J| 8MFJ J1 mH| mF |H FU|U1 m|HJ
HJH H|m m H mF NU Jl1
It is an undoubtful fact that what ever is within my vision is all subject to go (vanish) in all
three dimensions of time (past, present & future) therefore whom shall I adopt as my true
companion?
To such spiritual enlightened companion I shall surrender my life and also the body and
mind, which I believed to be my own before He enlightened me.
!
mH| N F| ; |H J| N| H U v
NF N| H| J HU| ; H|U | H| 8 v0v
U m:- mH|-HU N|UH |JF M, permanent1 F|-HMN, paramount1
U-mH, support1 J-JH, pride1 H|U-N U UH, sermon1 |-a!
bit,!Rati!equals!to!the!weight!of!8!grain!of!rice1 8-hurt1
J N H! J| mH| | H|Fm J1 H m H| U J| mH J1 N U
UH U| | 8 H H HU MN| U |UH NF U| H| JU| JH H
NU|v0v
Dear Creator, I acknowledge you as permenantly prosperous and you are my support.
When the slight hit of Gurus hymn on the mind, only then I have obtained the divine virtues
thereafter the strike of virtues has completely killed my ego.
!!
!
!
!
!

F N J ; N N N| v
U m:- F-K H, Supreme! King1 -H, King1 N-N, NNM,
penniless1 N-'8, mH|, wealthy1
|UH HH |8 F m H NU| J| |JU, |H |Nl U mU (N), J|
N|, mH| m J| N| |JU J1
The supreme ruler (Rana), ruler (Rai), the bliss of desires (Rang), wealthy and beggers will
never remain.
Note: Death is common to all the worldly being no matter what the being claims to be during
his/her lifetime. Even the bliss obtain by the mind from the fulfillment of desire dies away.
Therefore all that a one thinks as a jeev (being) are temporary.
!!
| m mF| ; N|U | v
U m:-|-turn1 |-|H, fortitude1
mF| mF| | mH H 8M HlU J1 NM mN NU| | |H J| U1
All go by their own turn and no one maintains their permanent stay in this lifetime.
!
J |JM ; H KN mHNJ v
U m:- J-path1 -horrible1 |JM- KF, frightening1 H-
| U|, the! unswimable! river1 KN-, mountain1 mHNJ- N|Jm
HF M, mJ HM, vast1
mN H KF J1 |UH H |8 |UN |mN U| J |HH |
|NJ HlU J |HH U | 9O,OOO HH U J , J mJ J m H |8
mU J1 |H | U| J m H NH (NH, N, M, HJ, mJ N) '8 J
J m H J N J1
The path after death is horrible and dreadful (scary), there is a non-swimable river which is
believed to be 10,000 jojhan (1 jojhan = 10 km) and in this afterlife path there are huge and
tall mountains.


H | mNF | HU| ; |F NF |N W| HJ v
U m:- |-H| |8, body1 |N-|N!, how?1 W|-W |8, HHM ,
destiny1
H mU J J| mNF J1 |UH NN H N HU| Jl1 H HH U
U| NFl |l H H W |8 |NH l HlN|1
There are many demerits in my body therefore I remain worried and subject to death, without
divine virtues how can I proceed to immerse in my true-self (Almighty). (This shabad reveals
a disciples contemplation).
!
NF|m NF M |HM ; |N | |HM |m| v
U m:- NF|m-NF, virtuous! person1 |m|-|m|m ,
passionately1
H H NF J, J mF NFl U mH M N |HMN1 H Jl NH
H |m M |NH l |HMl!
| H8U J:-
The ones who are wise shall meet Almighty with the support of their virtues but how will I
meet Almighty with love. Then a disciple contemplates further as follows;
!
| J| HH| | Jl ; H| H| |U H| v
U m:- |U-|JU mU, in!the!heart1 H|-HH, Almighty1
|JU mU H HH U H H N, H |l J| N| J N Jl1 |UH l J|
|HMF |N J1
I should recite Almightys Name continuously within my mind, in order for me to be just like
Him (Almighty), reuniting in this manner is excellent.
!
!

mNF| J ; NF | H|J |M v
U m:- mNF|-mNFl M, demerits1 -N N |m J|Um,
abundant,!brimful,!completely!filled1 H|J-dwells1
|UJ H| mNF NN l N N |m J| J, NF | |UH U M J| HU J1
mNF m U| NF U J| H| U mU HU J1
This jeev is completely filled (Bharpur brimful) with demerits, however the merits stay
together as well which mean that both the evil and godly virtues reside within this jeev
(being).
!!
|F HN NF H| ; |H8 H|U N |8 v00v
U m:- |F-without1 H|- HF|U, recognize1 |H8-|H |8, until!
then1
H|N U| |N |l J U| NF HF J| HlU1
H:- |N NU N J| JN|1
':- |Hl |8 N UH U |8 J| NNv00v
However without the True Gurus grace, the divine virtues remain unknown although they
reside within.
Question: Till when the Gurus grace will not be obtained?
Answer : One would never obtain Gurus grace until this jeev do not contemplate on Gurus
sermons (Updesh).
!
!
!
!
!
!

MHN|m W HHM ; mU HJ |M|U v
U m:- MHN|m-Nl , servant1 HHM-HM, take! care1 HJ-UHJ,
H|, J, wage1
N H| |UHl U N H|l U| HH H |UU J1
|H Nl mF W HM J, HH U H H| HH |8 UHJl |M N
mU J1 H U H NF J, J |JM J| |M|m |Nm J1
Through example Guru Ji illustrates the jeevs obedience (in line with Gurus way) and
disobedience (against Gurus way).
The employees with fixed wages come and get their work place in order means that Almighty
sent jeev (being) to this world with their wages fixed as the pains and joy in the lifetime is
pre-written prior to jeevs birth this known as Pralbaad Karam.
!!
N NH|J |H| F| ; MJ M |U v
U m:- |H|-|H ', utmost! obedience1 F|-HMN, owner1 MJ-M,
profit1 M |U-JHM NN, N, obtain1
H |H ' HMN HH U| m|Nm HF N HH U| N| U| N NHU J,
J U MN |8 H M M HlU J1 Jl H J HlU J1
Those who uphold Almightys meditation by acknowledging it as the Almightys permission,
such ones shall be rewarded with joy in the next world.
Note: Although the fate is predetermine, one who goes through the lifetime by meditating on
the Almightys Name shall obtain bliss no matter he/she goes through joy or pain.
!!
!
!
!
!
!

M M |mU|m ; K HJ |H| v
U m:- M-Ul U JKF M, greed! of! consumption1 M-Ul U
|UN N U M, greed!of!collection1
|Hl |mU|ml M HJ H |8 M |U J1
Those who have abandon the demerits, greed of consumption (Lab) and greed of worldly
materials collection (Lob) from their mind.
Note: This state of abandoning the demerit will only be attain once the predetermine fate is
understood as one cannot be denied from what he/she supposed to obtain and one cannot
obtain what he/she is not suppose to obtain. Theefore the unnecessary chase for worldly
possessions ends.
!
N| UJ| |HJ N| ; NU m J| v
U m:- N|-|NM, fort1 UJ|-UJU|, H, JNH, reign,! command1 J|-
defeat1
|HH |NM |8 UHJ U| UJU| J l NU | J J| JU|1 | J| |UH H| |
|NM |8 HH U| UJU| || J, |HH H| | |NM |8 HH U JNH
H|m H l H H| |8 H| HH H | J J| mU|1
The fort in which the King is in command the fort is never defeated in the same manner in
this body form of fort where King form of Almighty is in command means that if Almightys
command is pursued then the jeev never again faces defeat of birth and death cycle.
!
8N NJ|m HH N ; HJ U|U v
U m:- 8N-servant1 HJ-HJHF, right!upon1
|H HMN U N NJ m HJHF ' U, JNH H1
The one who claims to be an employee and be disobedient by answering right on the face and
never obey any order.


HJ NU mF ; | H|J H|U v
U m:- HJ-UHJ, salary1 |-throne1
J mF UHJ (J) N MN1 J H ' NU J| U1 | J|
HH U JNH HF NN U| J|Um NN m H U| | J|
JN|1
Such employee will lose his salary (Vajhu) and such person will never be seated on the
throne (never be promoted to higher postion), in the same manner one who does not obey
Almightys command shall be in pains while reaping the fruits of previous deeds (Pralbad)
and will never obtain the oneness with true-self (Almighty).
!!
|H J| |KmU|m ; H U|U v
U m:- |H-beloved1 |KmU|m-glories1
H|ml |KmU|ml H HH U J |8 J1 J |HH 8JU J, H J| |UU
J1
All the glories are in Almightys hand and He gives to who ever He is pleased with.
!!
m| N |NH m|m ; m N|U N|U v0v
U m:- m|m-said1 m- no!other1
J HH m J| H N NU J, |UH MU| J |NH NJ|U, J NU| N J|
N HNU1 H HH U N |8 J| H| J|Uv0v
Almighty is the creator of all, other than Him who else shall we call the creator and other
then Him no one else can do anything means that we should be delighted in His (Almighty)
doings (Will).
Note: Guru Ji says if Almighty is the sole creator then why our ego comes in between His
Will to judge and determine therefore one should stay contented in His Will and focus on
His meditation instead.
!

|H H N J| ; J UM|8 |U v
U m:- |H-UH, other1 UM|8 |U-mHF | N, NU| M N, parallel!
throne1
H UH NU| J H |HJ J| HU, H HH U NU| M N H1
There is no one else that we can think about who can sit on a throne next to Almighty.
!!
N |F J ; H8 H8 |U v
U m:- J -l |8 , Almighty1 H8 |U-H8 H J|, true!
Name1
l |8 H HH J, mH HH H8 H U N N |F |H8 NN HH J1
The Name of Almighty who is the Supreme Being within the beings (jeev), blesses His
Name, which prevents jeev from falling to into hell for sure.
!
F |F || J| ; H H|J N |8 v
U m:- F |F-H HNM M, wilderness1 -MU|, searching1
m|HJ H HNM M MU| |U| J|1 HU H mF H |8 |8 N|1
I am searching for Almighty in forest and blade-grass bushes however when I contemplated
in my mind;
!
MM J HFN| ; H|N J| K v
U m:- MM-ruby1 -jewel1 HFN|-emerald1 K-treasure1
J H MM, m HFNl U K H|N H| U J |8 J, |Nm, N
H|N H| NM J1
The treasure of rubies, jewels and emeralds are in the hands of True Guru means that the
treasure of knowledge (ruby) and renunciation (jewel) is in True Gurus hand.

H J |HM ; |UN H| UN |U v
U m:- H-HH, highest,! supreme1 |UN H|-|UNN H, tranquil!
mind1 UN |U- |UN U J| H, only!devotion1
H | l m|U HF N N N HH J m H |UNN NN
H |8 |UN U J| H J l J| U| | JN|1
Those who wear the virtues form of jewelleries means those who adopt virtues (mercy,
knowledge, renunciation, etc.) become supreme and in mind there should be only one
Almighty only then Almighty is obtained.
!
N |H |H |HM ; MJ M |U v
U m:- |H-H |8, mU |8, in! bliss1 MJ-profit1 |U-MN U,
afterlife1
N H| N|JU J, |N H H| U |m NN |HM J, J H| MN U M MU
J1
Guru Ji says that those who have met Almighty by means of love, earns the benefits of the
next world.
!
8 |8 |H| 8| ; |H| |H|m mN v
U m:- |H|m-|H|Hm, create1 mN- H|l U mN, physical!form1
|HH |JM HH l U| 8l NN | mHM U| 8 |HH 8| J, |
Jl l Um |HH H| |8m J1
Almighty who has created primely the creation of all fine (Sukshem) principal elements (Tat)
then created the physical (Asthul) principal elements creation and from all this principal
elements Almighty created the body.
!
!
!

NH| m |mU|U ; m v0v
|HH U U m J| J, H HH m |mU|U, H U
m|N H N|Uv0v
Almighty is endless and beyond all shores, such Almighty should be concentrated upon for
countless times means that sing His praises continuously.
!
; J| H| HU| v
|H | H ; m NU| v
U m:- -HU, beautiful1
Um N|JU J, |N HU J J| J| H| J1 H HH |l NU| J H
J| J1 J HH H U HmH| J1
Through Rarra alphabet Guru Ji says that Almighty is the most handsome.
Without Almighty there is no other King means that there is no other Master.
!
, N H HFJ ; J| H H H|J v
U m:- N-NH m|UN | Hl H N M H, snake!charm1
Um N|JU J, |N H N H NH, N, M, HJ m mJN | Hl
H N M N UH J, H HF1 |UH M J| | H |8 m HN1
Through Rarra alphabet Guru Ji says the Garurr charm (snake charm can even heal snake
bite) which brings snakes in control of the reader in the same manner Gurus sermons are also
a charm which overpowers the snake form of desires (lust, anger, greed, attachement & ego)
therefore listen to Gurus preaching as this will manifest Almighty within.


NHU| J| U|m ; H N |H M|J v
U m:- NHU|-N U| |N Um, through! Gurus! blessing1 H-H,
do!not1
N U| |N M H HH U|U J, H NU| J M |8 |N
N |l J HNU J1
Only with Gurus grace Almighty is obtained and no one should be ignorant pertaining to this
fact strayed by worldly illusions.
!
H HJ H8 ; |HH J| |H v
U m:- HJ-HJ, wealthy1 J| -J| U H , true!wealth1 |H-
H|, HM , capital1
J H8 HJ J, |HH U NM H8| U H H| J1
Almighty is the true Master who has the capital of true wealth (Almightys Name).
!
NH| ; |H H|H v
U m:- H|H-|KmU|, well!done1
|HH NH |H|Mm J, H HH J1
Bravo (Sabas) to the Gurmukh who has obtained the complete wealth (Almightys Name)
praiseful.
!
| F| J| |Um ; N HU| |8| v
U m:- |-HU, beautiful1
HU F| H N UH U |8 J, H NN J| N HU|ml J| HH
|Um J1
The magnificent hymn which is the contemplation of Gurus sermons by which the readers
has obtained Almighty.

m N|Um U N|m ; J| |Um | v0?v
U m:- m-m , selfGconceit1 -|, HH, spouse1
|HH U m JN 8M |Nm J, H U m|Nm N N|m |Nm J m H
H| |UH| J| | |Um Jv0?v
The ones whose disease of ego has disappeared and their disease of ignorance is vanished,
such jeev form of bride has obtained the Almighty as their groom.
!
H|U H8|m ; N8 | v
U m:- H|U-gold1 -8lU|, silver1 H8|m-|UN N|U J, gather1 |-
H|J, poison1 -HmJ, |m, useless,!dust1
H, 8lU| H |UN N|U J, |UJ N8 J1 |UJ HmJ lN J m
H|J N UUU| J1
The accumulated gold and silver form of wealth which is false, poisonous (creates pains) and
tiny which means the value is not justified with the precious breath spend to earn.
!
HJ HUU H|8 ; U| J|U m v
U m:- HJ-HJ, wealthy1 HUU-mU J, to! be! called1 H|8-|UN
NN, gather1 U|-U|8 , duality1 m-, suffer1
H |UH |UN NN HJ mU J, J U| |8 JU J1
Those who earn the wealth is called a Shah (Wealthy, Rich) but then he drifts (Khuar) in
doubt (Dhubida- duality) as wealth creates more desires.
!
!
!
!
!

H|8m| H8 H|8m ; H8 H mHM v
U m:- H|8m|H8 U FH|ml , merchant!of!truth1 H8-HU | |JF
M H , true! wealth1 H8 H-H8 H, true! name1 mHM-mHMN,
priceless1
H|8m NHl H8 H |UN N| J1 J H8 H |NJ |HJ J! H
mHMN J1
The true disciples have accumulated the Almightys true name and how valuable is the true
name? Guru Ji says the True name is the most invaluable (amolak - priceless).
!
J| |H|UM HM ; | H8| H8 M v
U m:- |H|UM-|, pure1 HM-|HM, H, cleansed1 |-|UH,
honour1
J| |HM HF N |l U |JU HM J|Um J, H8| |UH JU| J m H8
J| |l U 8 J1 |UH l N:-
The mind of ones is cleared upon meeting the Almighty who is pure (Nirmal- dirtless) and
they have obtained the true honour; their words are true and you (jeev) should pray as
follows;
!
HH H| HHF ; H JH v
U m:- HHF-8, wise1 H-H, H|HN H, sacred!pool1
J HHF! J| H HHF |H J1 H|HN (H) H J m J| H J
N |l |8 |H |J J1
Dear Omniscient (the knower of all) you are my dearest friend, you are the form of true
congregation and You reside in the form of saint within it means that Guru Himself is the
Almighty who leads the true congregation.

!

H8 N H| H ; J |MJ| |H v
U m:- H8-H8, true1 |MJ|-surrender1
J H8 N! |HH U H |8 H, H H |MJ HlU Jl1
Dear True Master within whose mind you reside, I shall surrender myself before him.

H|Um HH HJF| ; |H| N|| H HF v
U m:- HJF|-H HJF M|, captivating,!mesmerising1 |H| N||-|HH
N|| J, who!have!done1 H HF-|H HH, to!know1
|UJ H|Um H HJF| J, |UH U| HH |HH HH N|| J, H HH HH1
Know the creator who has created the attachment for such mesmerizing (Mohni) mammon
(maya) means that one should be fascinated with Almighty instead of Maya as Almighty is
the creator of such compelling creation.
!
||m m|H UN J ; HHF v0cv
U m:- ||m-!poison1
m|H m H|J |UN J, U H mF NHl U M JF l M J NM
8 |NmF J| |UH l U Jv0cv
Nectar and poison is the same means that the pains and joys are the same as this are the
returns of our previous deeds but only the wise ones realize this fact.


|H |JF | NU ; J|F M mH v
U m:- |H-to! forgive1 |JF-J|F, |l, without1 | NU-H NU,
perished1 J|F-(|UN | | H |HH |8 79c?O , 79c?O J|, 9O
W H m 9OcO UM |HJ| JF) m H|, voluminous1 mH-mF|NF,
countless1
|NF| |J Ml JF|ml U|ml JF|ml |Hl |l NU, H J NU J1
Countless hundreds of thousands of khoohnees of khoohnees has perished without being
forgiven during the life time.
Note: One (1) Khoohnee: An Army of 218,700 which includes 21,870 elephants, 21,870
chariots (raths), 65,610 horses and 109,350 soldier on foot.
!
NF m |N NF| ; | | HU |H v
U m:- |N NF|-|NF| U N| M! |NF J| H HNU, beyond!count1 |H-
mF|NF, infinite1
Jl U| |NF| J| mU|, |NH l |NF| N|U, N m J| H J1
The count never comes to end and how to have a count on those who live in various worries
and die.
!
HH F mF ; M |U v
U m:- M-M HlU J, M |UM M J HlU J, liberated,! free! from!
attachment 1 -N, N |UM|, bondage1
|HJ mF HH HH FU J, J M J, J l HN J HlU
J1 Jl | NU| J| HNU1
Those who recognize their master are free which means that they are freed from all worldly
attachments and there is no attachment that will entangle them again.
!

H|U HJM| ; |H H8 H |U v
8 |m ; m H|J H|| v
U m:- -8N, mHM H |8, pure1 |U-H, adore1 8-|HUN| U
H U| H|, lifeGlong!spending1 -H8 , true!wealth1
J H|NmH! N UH N|JF NN J| JN1 |Hl m H H |H8 J| H
J H NN | HH U |m | U 8 N, l J| J HH
m J| H| |8 m HN1
Dear disciple, you shall be purified by the Gurus sermons, the virtue of forgiveness and love
is surely the source of happiness.
Spend the wealth of breath on the concentration of pure Almightys rememberance by which
Almighty shall manifest within.
!
H| | H| H HU ; NF m| H| | v
U m:- H-HU J, recitation1 m|-mU, within 1 |-|H,
fortitude1
H H NN H 8 HU H HH H, NFl mF mU NN H
|H JU J1
If the mind and body always recite Almightys Name through the mouth then by adopting the
divine virtues, the mind will have fortitude (Dhiraj).
!
JH |UH| ; |H |N v
U m:- |UH|-Jl | U J, make! others! to! worry1 |H-to!
plant1 -materials!(here!it!means!seeds)1 |N-useless1
JH m F F, U J H |N H J1
Planting the seeds of self-existence (Haumai), worries, creating miseries (for others), doubt
and other evil desires are useless as this distracts mortals and ruins the entire lifetime.
Therefore without Almighty, everything else is pointless;

H |U ||8 |Um ; N mMN m v0cv
U m:- ||8 |Um-JN |8 |Um J, JH |8 |Um J, with! ego1
mMN-|M, , different1 m-|m, beyond!limitation1
H U NN |8 |UJl Hml |U J1 m N m J, |UJl
|M Jv0cv
Almighty has incorporated all these desires (as described in earlier line) when He created all
the jeevs (beings) and Almighty himself is without all desires and He is beyond limitation.
!
|HH ; HF N|U v
|HH N ; H |J8 J|U v
U m:- |HH-|HHFJ, N, Creator1 HF-knows1 -, mystery,!
intention1 |J8-H, definite1
U|H (|HH) U NU| J| HFU m H U|H N J |H8 J| JU J1
Almightys intentions are not revealed to anyone. Whatever Almighty does definitely comes
into reality.
!
H N ; U|H |mU|m v
H ; | |M N| U|m v
U m:- H-, HU, wealth1 |-M HH |8, |JM HH |8, past!
lives1
HH U Ul (H, HU) H H H HH |mU J m HU
M |M JU NHl U| |U| JU| U|U| J1
Mortals remember Almighty in order to obtain worldly materials (wealth).
In reality the worldly possessions are received based on the pre-determined fate (Pralbad
Karam) derived from previous deeds.
!

H N|F ; 8N 8 v
H ; H| 8M J v
U m:- H-wealth,! worldly! possessions1 8N-N, servant1 8-
robber,!looter1
U| N| NU J, 8|ml NU J1 |UJ M J| HlU J | Jl
U F HlU J1 H |l J M J| HlU1
In order to earn wealth mortals serve others as servants (employee) and some even go to the
extend of robbing others.
However the accumulated wealth never goes along after death and instantaneously becomes
the ownership of others. Other than the wealth of Almightys Name nothing goes along.
!
| H8 ; J| UNJ H v
J| H | ; |U| vOv
U m:- | H8-|l H8 H , deprived!of!true!name1 UNJ-HH U|
JH|, in!the!Almightys!court1 |U|-m , in!the!end1
|l H8 H UNJ |8 HF J| JN1 H J| H |N, m J
J| NvOv
Without Almightys Name no honour is given in the Almightys court.
The one who drinks the love of Almightys Name shall be released from the cycle of
reincarnation at the end.
!
J J J H| ; J|U J| J v
J J N| H HU| ; H|U H| |Nm v
U m:- J J- N, wandering1 HU|-H NU|, died1 -8,
utterance1 H|-H |8, within!mind1 |Nm-wisdom1
J H|! N H J J J| Jl, |N |HH NN H J J N J| H|, J JH
HH U | JU| HU N UH U 8 N| m H |8 |Nm J|Um1
Dear friend, I am amazed upon perceiving and discerning; Through all I have been me, as a
different identity from Almighty, the ego and attachment was only vanished only after
uttering the Gurus sermons and my mind is filled with divine knowledge.

J K NN WF ; N| N| H|N v
U m:- J-J| J| N | J, necklace!of!recitation1 K-||, rope!
here! it! means! concentration1 NN-N, N, bracelet! here! it! means!
creator1 WF-, various1
J| J| || (K) |UNN N|, N N (NN) N|, H H
|HN NN H N NU| Jl | HH U| | |l H J| |Um H| m
J NF H J| |UU H1
I have strived to recite Almightys Name continuously which has developed concentration
with a focused mind. I have beautified myself with the ornaments of practicing noble deeds
by remembering Almighty as the creator. However without the attainment of Almighty
groom all the achievements, virtues and hardwork does not reflect any glory or peace.
!
|H|M |H H |Um ; HNM NF N|M J v
U m:- HNM-all,!complete1 N|M-neck1 J-necklace1
JF |H HH |HM| m H |Um J1 H NFl U H J NM |8 |Um H|,
JF J H |J J1
Now I have met my beloved Almighty and obtained happiness. All the virtues necklace
around my neck is elegant (praiseful).
N NH| U|m ; J| |H || |m v
U m:- NH|-N+H|=H| N, the!leader!Guru1 U|m-attain1
N H| N|JU J, |N J| |m M H NN |m Nl Nl NM U|U J1
Guru Ji says that the opportunity to love Almighty with mind and body is obtained from the
Leader Guru (Gur + Mukh).
!


J| | |N| H |Um ; UJ H| |8| v
U m:- |N|-|NH , whom1 H|-H |8, within! mind1 |8|-|8 N,
contemplate1
H |8 |8 NN U, J| |l |NH | H |Um J1
Contemplate in the mind; has anyone ever obtained happiness without Almighty?
!
J| F J| F ; J| |H J |m v
U m:- F-HF, knowing,! understand1 J| |H-J| M, with!
Almighty1
l J| U H m J| J| HH1 J| M J| |m 1
Therefore read pertaining to Almighty, understand and love Almighty alone.
!
J| H|m J| |mU|m ; J| N H m v9v
U m:- J|-Almighty1 H|m- recite1 |mU|m-concentrate1 H-Name1
m-support1
J| H|U, J| U J| |m N|U m J| U H U J| mH MU|Uv9v
Recite Almightys Name, concentrate upon Almighty and only adopt Almightys Name for
support.


M |HU| J H| ; H |M|m N| v
U m:- M-fate1 |HU|-fade,! effaces1 |M|m-written1 N|-
Almighty1
J H|! N H M |M J J M |HU J|1 H|8 NHl F M
NH J| |UJ H HH |H|Mm J m |UH NN H M |M NU J J J| |H
HNU1
Dear Friend, the fate (Lekh) written by Almighty based on the accumulated deeds (Senchit
Karam) from previous births never effaces (Mitna) means that the pre-written fate (Pralbhad
Karam) will appear in reality as one have to repay his deeds.
!
m NF |H| N|m ; N| |N N | v
U m:- NF-cause1 N-, foot1 |-U J, embrace1
m J| JH|UN |HH U N|, m |N NN 8, HHF U| | H|
U |JU mU U J1 HU J |N NU J U H| H HH U 8l |JU
mU U J, H U |m U J1
Almighty himself has created all deities (Brahma, Vishnu, Shiva) and He himself with His
grace blesses the understanding intellect within the jeev.
Second Meaning: When Almighty showers His blessings only then the concentration of His
feet is developed within the mind.
!
N J| |KmU|m ; J N |8| v
U m:- N-Almighty1 |KmU|m-glories1 J-understand1 |8|-
contemplate1
H|ml |KmU|ml H N |JN U J |8 J1 |UJ |8 Um HF N1
All the glories are in Almightys hand understand through contemplation of this truth.
!

|M|m | HN|m ; |H | | H| v
U m:- |- J| HNU, H J| HNU, unchangeble1 |-U J,
pleases1 H|-HM, protection1
|UH l | N|U, |N J J|! |M|m H J| HN|U1 |HH l U
J, H l H HM, |m N1
One should humbly request Dear Almighty, the fate (Lekh) that you have written cannot be
rejected therefore please protect me in any way that you wish, means that although we cant
challenge or appose the fate in anyway but the only privilege we have is prayer therefore we
ask for the strength to face the reality instead of trying to escape which is impossible.
!
U| | H |Um ; N HU |8| v
U m:- U|-|N |UH|, blissful! sight1 H-happiness1 |8|-
contemplate1
N H| N|JU J, HU N HU U |8 N| J U | |N |UH| M H
|Um J1
Guru Ji says that when I have contemplated the Gurus hymn (shabad) only then I have
obtained happiness with Your (Almighty) glance.
!
HH M |8 HU ; N |8| v
U m:- M-forgotten1 |8-H N, U| J N, sad1 HU-died1 -8
NU, saved1
HH NN H M J, J HH| mN |8 H H NU J m J J| 8 J,
|Hl Nl Um N UH U |8 N| J1
The ones who have forgotten Almighty because of their mind-leading (Manmukhta) life are
burned to death by the worldly fire and only those are saved who has contemplated through
the Guru Jis guidance.


|H U| mU| ; |H N |Nm N| N|Jm H|U v
U m:- -+=|ml F M, the! protector! of! the! universe1
U|-H, blissful! sight1 |Nm N|-N| N N, |NH l, how! then1 N|Jm-to!
be!said1
H H J| m, H U H N| NN N|Jm H, m J| N|JF FU
J1
Almighty the universal protectors form is invisible so how is it possible to describe His true
form means that the perfect description will be that He is Endless.
!
|MJ| N mF ; |H| |JU |U |U|U v7v
U m:- |MJ|-|M+J|=M J, surrender1 |JU-|JU mU, in!
the!heart1 |U |U|U-J| |U |U, made!it!obvious1
mH| mF Nl HU |MJ HlU Jl, |Hl |N NN J| |JU mU J|
|U |U Jv7v
I sacrifice upon my Guru who has gracefully enabled me to see Almighty within myself.
!
|m m|m ; ||Um |8 HJ|H H|U v
||Um H MJ ; H H |M M|U v
U m:- |m-|U, scholar1 ||Um |8-||Uml |8,
contemplates! knowledge1 H|JH-H|, peace1 H-|8 N, understand1
-|Hl, principle1
H H| Hm N ||Um |8 m J| U H |8 |M M N ||Um U H
N HF, J l J| |m J|Um m|U J1
The one who adopts tolerant attitude while contemplating the knowledge is truly known as
the literate teacher. Such teacher (Padha) should then understand the principals through
purifying the knowledge by concentrating on Almightys Name which means knowledge
needs to be understood in its pure context in order to extract the ultimate truth.


HH ||Um |NU ; | | |U v
U m:- ||Um-||Um, education1 |NU-8U, sell1 |-H|J, ||Hm
| H|J, poison1
HH NN H ||Um 8U J, M N U J m ||Hml U J
||Hml lU J1
The mind-leading (Manmukhta) person sells the knowledge away means that he demands
money to depart knowledge therefore he accumulates desires and later he consumes the
desires which are equivalent to poison.
!
H HU 8|U| ; H J N|U vv
U m:- 8|U|-8|, HHU, FU, recognize1 N|U-NU| |, nil1
J H Nl U HU J| FU m H N | UF U| HH J| JU|vv
Such fool never recognizes (Suuj) Almighty and dosent even understand upon seeing (Buuj).
!
NH| m|m ; 8|m H| U|U v
U m:- NH|-N U HH, one! who! adopts! Guru! Jis! way! of! life1
8|m-||Um|, H|U, H|NU , student1 H|-|H|m, teaching1
J l J| NH mF 8J|U J, H mF H|NU |UJ |H|m |UU J1 |N...
Only that teacher is known as Gurmukh who advices his student; (as in the following line)
!
!
!
!
!
!

H HHMJ , H HNJ ; MJ HN H|J M|U v
U m:- HHMJ-HM, 8 , keep! in! mind1 HNJ-|UN N, gather1
MJ-M, , benefits1
J |m|U! H HM, H J| |UN N, |JU mU |U |H8 H |8
1 |UH M J| HN |8 M JN1
Dear loved ones, maintain the recitation of Almightys Name and accumulate the Almightys
Name means that in order to gain advantage in life one should have strong faith in
Almightys Name.
!
H8| | H8 H| ; |m HU H H v
U m:- |-slate! with! letters! written! on! it1 H|-H |8, in! the! mind1
H-HH, supreme1
H |8 H H8 U| H J, |UJ J| H8| | J1 |UH NN H8 HH N
UH |U, m|mH N|U1
The faith in the true form within the mind is the true lesson through which true form of
Gurus sermons are read means practiced.
!
N H |m H |K | ; |HH H H N|M J v0v9v
U m:- |-F M, |HmF, 8, wise1 N|M-N|M |8, in!the!neck1
N H| N|JU J, |N J J| HH |m J|Um J, J J| 8 |K J, |HH U NM
|8 H H | J |J|m J1 |HH HH U| N| N|| J1 |UH N
UH N H HH U |8 M| J |Nmv0v9v
Guru Ji says only the ones has read divine books and are known as intelligent scholar who
understands the core principals means they incline and believe in Almighty, whose neck is
wearing the necklace of Almightys Name. Only such ones has truly prayed (Upashna) to
Almighty. Upon attaining Gurus sermons such scholar (Pandit) becomes highly respected
and praiseful. !
si qgu r pR sw i d]
gu rbwxI i vcwr isD gosit
sR I gu rU gR M Q sw ihb jI AkY fmI
!
Sri Guru Granth Sahib Ji Academy Gurbani Contemplation Sidh Gost !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
!
SRI GURU GRANTH SAHIB JI ACADEMY!
Sidh!Gost!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
A"SRI"GURU"GRANTH"SAHIB"JI"ACADEMY"PUBLICATION"

gu rbw xI ivcw r gu rbw xI ivcw r isD go sit isD go sit Gurbani Contemplation- Sidh Gost

Sri Guru Granth Sahib Ji Academy Gurbani Contemplation- Sidh Gost poQI pMnw 1 (Page 1 of 112 )

HNM| HJM 9
H| N N U H| HNM| N |'8 8U J1
Sri Guru Nanak Dev Ji utters in Ramkali raga

|H NH|
9. H HN| U| 88 J (|H = HN , NH| = 88)
7. H HH U |H Hl U| |m| F| (|H = HN| M H, NH=|m|
F|)
. HH M |HM (|H= HH, NH = |HM)

1. The discussion of salvation (Sidh=Salvation, Gost=Discussion)
2. The loved hymn of Almightys lovers (Sidh=the miraculous people, Gost=lovely
hymn)
3. Union with Almighty (Sidh = Almighty, Gost = Union)

W H|N H|U v
|UN mU HH J, H H|ml U NHN J m H H8 N U| |N Um
N| H HNU J1
The is one Almighty without duality (Eak), the life within the entire creation (Ongkaar), the
truth form in all ages and time dimensions (Sat), the destroyer of ignorance darkness (Gu)
and the illuminator of knowledge brightness (Ru), Grace (Persad) means the Almighty who is
the life form of all is obtainable with the Gurus grace.


N 9: |UN H |8 M H|J U HU|N |H m8M H U H J, |H
|H NF U| 8Ul (H'|Hm) U HM JU J, J |H mU JU H1 H| N
N U H| | NU, H HH |Hl M H 88 JU|, J 88 |UH F| |8 |M|
JU| J1 |UH NN |UH F| N H |H NH| J1 |UH |H NH| F| |8 H HH
m mH U UH |Hl U J Jv

N 7: U| M|JF H| (N mNU U H|) m H| H| N |
H| N N U H| U 8l | N||, |N m H| |N NN HH |
|H NH| H |Hl M N|| J, UHl HF N H|1 N H| | NN
8U Jv
Prologue 1: On the 14
th
Phagun (27
th
Febraury - the darkest day in a month) Guru Nanak
Dev ji visited a town named Achal Vetala in Majha where Shivraat carnival was taking place,
this carnival used to be attended by all the Sidhas annually. During Guru Jis presence a
dialogue with Sidhas took place which is recorded in this hymn titled Sidh Gost which means
the Dialogue with the Sidhas. This hymns was read to the Sikhs on a separate occasion later.

Prologue 2: Once in Kartarpur Sahib Bhai Lehna Ji (later Guru Angad Dev Ji) and Baba
Budha Ji did a humble request before Guru Nanak Dev Ji to utter the discussion held with the
Sidhas in Summer Mountain, upon accepting the request Guru Ji composed the Sidh Gost as
follows;


|H H N| mH|F ; H H HN v
U m:- |H H- H |H U| H, the congregation of Sidhas1 N|-MN N1
HN-HHN J, salutation1
N H| N|JU J, J U| |H, H MN N mHFl JU H l mH| |NJ J H
H! J HHN J, l |Hl |NJ H| |-| HHN |N J| N||, l
N H| N|JU |N |JMl l F U N H | J| J, UH - HHN N
M HHl |HmU MNU J1
H H NF| |8 |UH l J:-
9. N H - N H U U|m U v(mN c0)
7. H H - H H NF |Nm |8 v (mN 90)
. |H H - |H H U||m N v NH| HF H8 v(mN O)
0. |H H - |H H N| mH|F ; H H HN v (mN cc)
. UH H - UH| H |N8|m | | H|F |U v (mN 90)
Guru Ji says, Dear brothers all the sidhas was besited on their respective places leading a
group of gatherings, I went in and apploud Victory for the gathering of saints and my bow to
all. Upon listening the Sidhas questioned me why didnt you bow separately as there are
various people here belonging to different caste and background, then Guru Ji answered that
first of all I have no faith on my life forces (Prana) and it would have consumed more time in
bowing to all separately.
Guru Ji explained that the life the so short that it may end any time anytime and a person may
not accomplish theeven the task which may only consume a few second.
Five types of Sabha (Gathering) in Gurbani;
1. Gur Sabha - In which Gurus knowledge is contemplated where Almighty is
known within.
2. Sant Sabha - In which virtues and knowledge is contemplated.
3. Sikh Sabha - In which one obtains the gift of love and with Gurus obidient the
true name is heared
4. Sidh Sabha - In which the people who have obtain miraculous powers by
performing Almightys meditation.
5. Dhust Sabha - The gathering of the wicked people in which the discussions are
against the truth and by which the life is wasted.


|H mN J|H JH| ; H8 m m v
U m:- |H mN-H mN (before Him), |JN mN1 J|H-HHN,
salutation1 H8-H81 m- , beyond borders1 m- , |HH U
J| |Um H HNU1
J |H! H H mN HHN N|| J, H H8 m m m J1 H UJl mN
HHN J| N|| J |UN |JN mN HHN N M H|ml J| HHN J1
Dear Sidhas My Salutation is before Almighty who is truly beyond borders (infinite) and
who exist within the entire creation therefore bowing once to Almighty means bowing to all

HHN N| | |H mN ; H mN U v
U m:- HHN-H, |H, head1 N|-N N, to cut1 |-U, HH|,
present1 U- Ul, U Ul, to place1
H NN H H N HH mN HH N U1 H NU| NJ H HH
H |UU J l |Hl HHN |N N| J1 |UH UH NU J.....
I shall cut off my head and lay my body and mind before the Almighty.
If one questions that if you (Guru Ji) surrender your body and mind to Almighty then why did
you bow before the Sidhas? Guru Ji explains;

N H |HM H8 U|m ; HJH |U HH M v9v
U m:- H8-H8 H HH, the form of truth; Almighty1 U|m- MU|U J1
HJH |U-H|JH mH, H |H, effortlessly1 M-MU|U J, obtain1
N H| N|JU J, Hl U |HMF M H8 H HH U| | JU| J m HJH
H|U | U J| HH MU|U Jv9v
| |Hl N N U H| |NJ J M 8M | U NU|U, |UJ HF
N N H| UH NU J;
Guru Ji says upon meeting the saints the Almighty can be attained and praise can be obtained
naturally (without any effort) therefore bowing before such united souls is justified.
Then the Sidhas said Dear Bala (child-Guru Nanak Dev Ji) let us take you for a pilgrimage
for all the well known shrines, Guru Ji answered;


|Nm |m ; H|8 H8 J|U v
U m:- |Nm-N|, what1 |m-F, roam1 H8-|, pure1
J |H! F (|l |) M N| JU J1 H8 H HF NN H H8 JU Jv
Dear Sidhas what will happen (be obtained) by roaming around? One can only be pure by
reciting the Almightys True Name not by completing mere ritualistic pilgrimage.

H8 HU | ; HN| N|U v9v J v
U m:- HU-N UH, Gurus Sermons1 |- without1
|UH NN H8 Nl U HU | NU| HN J| J HNUv
mN |H H NU J:-
Therefore, no one can attain salvation without the hymns of the True Guru.
The Sidhas questioned:--

N H |Nm H ; N HN N HmU v
U m:- N-NF!, who1 H-H|, JK H, you1 |Nm-N|!, what1
N-|NJ!, which1 HN-H, path1 HmU-UH, HM, mUH, purpose1
H 9. m H| U H N| J!
H 7. m H| U H N| J!
H . m H| U H |NJ J!
H 0. m H| U (HmU) UH N| J!
N H| ' |UU J:-
Question No. 1 What is your true form?
Question No. 2 What is your actual name?
Question No. 3 What is your practice?
Question No. 4 What is your destiny (intentions)?

H8 NJ mU|H JH| ; J H H |M HU v
U m:- H8-H8, true1 NJ-N|JU Jl1 J-H, me1 |M-|MJ, sacrifice1
HU-HlU Jl, upon1
J |H! H H8 N|JU Jl m Hl U mN H| mUH J1 H H H |MJ HlU
Jl1 m |UJ J:-
' 9. H Hl U H J J| H H J, H |8 mU HK H J1
' 7. H Hl U H J J| H H J, HK H mUH|m J, J M
mH| HH mN mUH NU |JU Jl1
' . H Hl U HN J J| H HN J, H |HH J| H H
J1
' 0. H H U UH J, J J| H UH J, H Hl |MJ HF
J| H UH Jv
mN |H H NU J:-

Dear Sidhas I utter the truth and my humble request (Ardaas) is before the saints and I sacrice
myself unto the saints.
Answer No. 1 The form of the saint is my true form (My true form is the Almightys form
which is true, energy & bliss or the the speaker of truth is my true form).
Answer No. 2 The name of saint is my actual name (My actual name is the humble
requester [Ardaasia])
Answer No. 3 The practice of saints is my practice, which is to meditate upon Almighty
Answer No. 4 - The destiny (intentions) of saints is my destiny (intention). (My destiny is to
sacrifice all my strength unto the saints).
The Sidhas questioned;

NJ HJ , NJ J|m M ; NJ mJ , NJ HJ v
U m:- NJ-|N!, where1 HJ-U J, sit1 J|m-|JU J, dwell, stay1
M-MN, child1 NJ-|N!1 mJ-mU J, come from1 HJ-HN, will go1
J M!
H . |N U J!
H . |N |JU J!
H ?. |N mU J!
H c. |N HN!
Dear Bala,
Question No. 5 Where do you sit which means in what do you concentrate?
Question No. 6 - Where do you reside?
Question No. 7 Where are you from (origin)?
Question No. 8 Where do you intend to go?

N M H|F N| |Nm H J v7v
U m:- N|-ascetic 1 |Nm-N|, |NJ!, which1 J-H, path, practice1
N H| N|JU J H |H M,
H c. J N J |NJ J!v7v
N H| ' |UU J:-
Guru Ji said the sidhas said to me Listen Dear Ascetic, what is your way (believe)?
Question No. 9. Guru Ji answered,

W| W| |H || J|m ; 8M|J H|N U v
U m:- W| W|-J HN, everywhere, omnipresent1 |H-|UH|, |mN,
N1 ||-|UN H, consistently1 J|m-|JU Jl, stay1 8M|J-8MF, move on,
to go1 U-m|Nm, Will1
' - Wl Wl |8 H |UN H (||) |UH| (|H) J, mH| H |8 |JU
Jl1
' c- H|N U| m|Nm mH 8MF |UJ HK H J1
Answer to Question No.6 I reside in the Almighty who consistently exists within the entire
creation and He is in the name of whom i concentrate consistently.
Answer to Question No.9 My way (believe) is to stay in the true Gurus will.

HJH mU , JN|H |HU ; N HU HU v
U m:- HJH-H |H, by itself1 JN|H-command1 |HU-HlN1 HU-
m|Nm, H, Will1
' ?. HJH J| |JN U JNH |8 mU Jl1
' c. H |JN U JNH |8 J| HlN1
N H| N|JU J, mH| J HH HH U| m|Nm (HU) |8 8MU Jv
Answer to Question No.7 I came in the will of Almighty.
Answer to Question No.8 I shall go in the will of Almighty as well.
Guru Ji says that I always stay in the Will of everlasting Almighty.

mH|F H|F | |UF ; mH| NH| U v
U m:- H|F-F, to sit1 |-|UH|, permenant1 mH|-|UJ |HJ|1 NH|-
N U| H1 U- N|, obtain1
' . mHF NN H | HH J, mH| H |8 |8 F N| J1 |UJ
|UJ |HJ| NH| J, |HH M H H N| J1
Answer to Question No.5 Through Gurus wisdom I have attained a permenant dwelling by
merging into Almighty and I have accomplished all the religious pursuits.
Guru Ji explains that practicing meditation intentionally for the achievement of a particular
super natural power, by means of meditation one can attain the fruits of the complete various
methods upon realising Almightys true existence within.

NH| m F ; H8 H|8 HHU vv
U m:- - M, understand1 m-mF m, Himself1 F-HF M,
|J8F M, recognise1 H8-H8 |JN1 H|8-|H8 J|1 HHU-HH HlU J1
H N U Um N U| |H|m HH N mF m F M, J H8 |8 |H8
NN H|JH |8 HH HlU J, H| | NH| mN|N NN mF m
Fvv
mNM |H 8 U H:-
The fortunate one who understands through the Gurus teachings will recognise the true form
of Himself and through faith will merge with Almighty; means that the Sidhas were told to
adopt the Gurus way in order realise their true self.
One Sidh by the name of Charpat Nath questioned as follows;


U|m HN U NJ|m ; |N N| U|m v
U m:- U|m-HH, world1 HN-HHU, ocean1 U-|HH U m
J, unswimable1 NJ|m-NJ|U J1 |N-|N! N|-NN1 -, |N1
H 9O - |UJ H U|ml HF M m HHU NJ|U J, |UH U |N
|N U|U J!
Question No. 10 This world is unswimable ocean therefore how can one go across ?

8 M ; m N , UJ H8 |8 v
U m:- 8-|H U H, name of a Sidha1 M-|Mm, spoke1 m-m,
H N|UH J, ascetic1 UJ-U, give1 |8-|8, contemplation1
8 H| N|JU J, J m N! |8 N H8 ' U1 N H| 8
|KmU| H|J ' |UU J1
Charpat ji says Dear Ascetic (from all worldly affairs) Nanak, please answer me
thoughtfully? Guru Ji answer whilst honouring Charpat Nath;

m m m HH ; |H |Nm U|H v
U m:- m-m, H N, questions1 |H-H , him1 |Nm-N|, what1
U|H-UU|U, give1
H m H N m m J| HHU J, H N| ' UF, H| H HHU
J1
The one who questions and understands himself, how can one ever answer, means that
Charpat Nath is wise enough to understand. This is a gesture of respect.

H8 NJJ H NH| ; |Nm HF U|H v0v
U m:- H8-H81 NJJ-N|JU Jl1 NH|-HH HHU MWF M,
HN, liberated1 -J, you1 |Nm-N|1 HF-', answer1 U|H-Ul, to
give, response1 HF U|H-to reply1
mH| H8 N|JU Jl, H| l HH J, J N| (HF) UU|Uv0v 8
|NJ |N H m U| Hl N HF 8JU Jl1 |UH N H| UH NU J:-
Guru Ji says, I speak the truth that you (Charpat Nath) have crossesed the worldly ocean and
how can I answer you.
Then Charpat Nath said, I wish to listen the answer from your mouth, Guru Ji then says;

HH HM H|J NHM |MH ; HNU| HF v
U m:- HH-|HH l, like1 HM-F|, water1 H|J-|8, inside1 NHM-NM M,
lotus flower1 |MH-mHN, , separate or smething that stay within but untouched
by characterics of the base1 HNU|-HN|, duct1 HF-|H|, sign1
' 9O. |HH l HM |8 NHM mHN |JU J m |H HN| U| mHN |8
|H| (HF) J, |H HM |8 |JN J| |HU, |UH l H | HH |8
mHN J1
Answer to Question No.10 just like a lotus flower which is stays in water but blossoms
above water level without a single drop of water resting on ites patels and a duck which stays
and swims on water without wetting his feathers, in tha same manner saints stay in this
dreadful worldly ocean which is filled with the water of materials. Guru Ji explains that
knowledge (Gyan) and renunciation (vairag) form of feather is not soaked in worldly
materials form of water, which means one has to be above the greed and attachment.

H| H|U HN |m ; N H F v
U m:- H|-|m, ||, concentration, focus1 H|U-N UH1
HN-HH HHU, worldly ocean1 |m-|U J, swim across1 F-H, recite1
N H| N|JU J, H M N U UH M H H (F)1 |UH l HN
|U (|m) J1
N H| (HN) JU Hl U| H| NU J:-
Guru Ji says that one who listens to Gurus hymn (sermons) with utmost love and recites the
Almightys Name will swim across this materialistic worldly ocean.
Guru Ji praises the ones who have crosses the materialistic worldly ocean.

J|J |UNl| , UN H| |Hm ; mH H|J |H v
U m:- J|J-|JU J, remain, stay1 |UNl|-|UNN, in isolation, solo1 UN-
|UN HH1 mH-mH, wish, hope1 H|J-|8, in1 |H-mHN, detached,
hopeless1
J |UNl |8 |JU J1 |UN |JN |8 J| l U H |Hm J1 J mH |8
J| |H J, H N-|Jl |8 J| mHN J1
Such fortunate ones lives their life by detaching from all the worldly materials and emotions;
Almighty alone dwells in their thoughts (mind) and they live their life with hope by detaching
from the wish or demand to fulfil the hope.
Note: This state of spiritual enlightment comes with the enlightment that hope or wish is
created naturally from within based on the previous deeds and thoughts and the ego of
driving it through develops which comes with the sense of belonging to the hope. This takes a
person to drive it as its own and becomes a mission for life, Guru Ji coutions that one should
elevate his/her spritual state to understand the purpose of life not chasing their own shadow.
The phenomenon of a shadow illustrates this point very clearly as the shadow of a physical
form is created with a presence of backlight, the same shadow can be chased for entire life
and one will never be able to obtain it because the shadow is the chaser himself. The wish of
a hope is the shadow and hope chases it until the wish disappears (merges) in the hope, this is
what is known as living in a hope, hopelessly.

mNH mN8 U| |UU ; N N UH vv
U m:- mNH-H U| J8 , beyond the minds comprehension1 mN8-H
|UU|ml U |H J, beyond the sensory organs1 U|-U|m J, seen1 |U|U-
|UU J, seen1 N-Jl U, their1 UH-UH Jl, servant1
Jl HH (mNH mN8) m U|m J m J |UU J1 N H|
N|JU J, mH| Jl U UH Jl, H| | UH- mN|N N, l J |
| J HN|vv
JF |H | H NU J m | J| ' |UH | |8 |U J1
They have seen Almighty who is beyond minds comprehension (Agam) and beyond the
reach of sensors (Agocher) and they guide others to see Almighty as well; Guru Ji says that I
am the servent of those.
Note: Guru Ji humble gesture illustrates that one should adopt humbleness to attain the sight
of Almighty.

H|F HmH| mU|H JH| ; H8 |8 v
U m:- H|F-HF, listen1 mU|H-|, humble request or pray1 JH|-mHK|,
ours1 -U Jl, ask1 H8-H81 |8-|8, contemplation1
|H N H| N|JU J, J HmH|! HK| | HF1 mH| H8 U Jl |8 N
|U1
Sidhas say to Guru Ji, Dear Master listen to our humble request and we ask truly for an
answer; please do answer after contemplating.

H N|H , U|H ; |N U|m N Um v
U m:- H-NH, N, angry1 N|H- N1 U|H-U, give1 |N-|N1
U|m-U|U, obtain1 N Um-N U Um, through a Guru1
H| N N H ' |U1
H 99 - HH |NH N U|U!
' 99 - HH N Um U|U J1
Please do not be angry and give us an answer.
Question No.11 - How can one attain Almighty?
Answer No.11 Almighty can only be attained through a Guru.

|UJ H 8M , H8 W| H ; N H m v
U m:- 8M-88M, flicker, active1 8M-|U J, roam, wonder1 H8 W|-
|H H HH, real-self means Almighty1 H-|N, |UH| J, permenant1
m-m, mH, support1
H 97. |UJ H H (8M) 88M J|Um |U J, J HH (H8 W|) |8
|N |UH| J!
' 97. H| N H| N|JU J, H H U mH HH |8 |UH| JU Jv
Question No. 12 How can this mind which is ever moving (mercurial-by creating thoughts)
can be standstill in Almightys concentration?
Answer No. 12 Guru Ji says that the mind can only be standstilled with the support of
Almightys Name.

m H|M |HMU N ; MN H|8 |m vv
U m:- m-mF, ownself1 H|M-HM |8, unite1 |HMU-|HM, in union1
N-N , HH1 MN-MN H, 1 H|8-H8 |81 |m-|m, H1
H 9. mF HM |8 N |N |HM!
' 9. |mN N H H8 |8 |m M, N H mF HM |8 |HM
MU Jvv
MJ| H| |H |Hl U |H |Hl N|JU J:-
Question No.13 How will the creator (Almighty) reunite the being with himself?
Answer No.13 The creator reunites in his union those who abandon the false and loves the
truth.
Sidh by the name of Lohripa explains the principles of the Sidhas.

J| | J|J |M ; | || |Um v
U m:- J|-UN, HK|, shop, retail1 |-H, road1 J|J-|J N1 |M-
, separate1 |-, U, tree1 ||-|, plants1 |Um-HNM |8,
H |8, jungle1
UN (J|) W H (|) |UJl |H |J N HNMl |8 Ul J
H 1
Sidhas should stay apart from house and roads (travel) by adopting a detached lifestyle
whereby they (sidhas) live in an uncultivated jungle under the trees and plants.

NU HM mJ U|m ; m M |Nm v
U m:- NU-Ul U M, fruits grown on a tree1 HM-J Hl H U|U|ml
|HH l HM| NH m|U, the fruits which grows inside the soil e.g. potato, ginger, carrot,
etc.1 mJ-N, F, food, nutritions1 U|m-, consume, eat1 m-|mN|,
H|mH|, ascetic1 |Nm-|Nm, wisdom, knowledge1
M (NU) H Ul MNU J m H HM H | U mU |NMU J (NH, HM|,
mM, m|U) J |UJl U mJ (F) N m H (m) | |Nm M1
They (Sidhas) should only principally consume fruits which are grown on tree branches
(apple, oranges, durian, mango, etc.) and all the other vegetation which grows within the soil
(carrot, potato, ginger, etc.) and utter the pure knowledge from the mouth means that Sidhas
should consume simple food and utter pure Almightys knowledge.


|| U|m H M U|m ; HM MN NU| v
U m:- ||-|, pilgrimage place1 U|m-|UH, bath 1 H M-H'
M, the fruit of happiness1 U|m-U|U J, obtained1 NU|-NU| |, |NH N U|,
any type1
MJ| |H |NJ N |l U |UH N|U l H M U|U J, | |NH
N U| HM J| MNU|1
Lohrippa says that one should take bath in holy water during pilgrimage in order to obtain
happiness and I additional no dirt of sins shall be attached again, means that one who takes a
holy bath shall never be immersed in lust, anger, greed, attachment and ego.

N MJ| M ; HN HN| || HU| v?v
U m:- - 8M, son means disciple1 MJ|-|H U H, name of
the Sidha1 M-|Mm, said1 HN|-Hl8, ||, method1 HU|-|UJ J1
N U () 8M MJ| MU J, J N! HN (|JN U |HM) |8
H U| || J| J, H H | NJ| Jv?v N H| mF |Hl N|JU J:-
Gorakhs disciple Loharipa says, the only method to join and practice Yoga (union with
Almighty) is as mentioned earlier. Guru Ji explains his principals;

J| | |U m ; W| |8 KMU| v
| H N |NU| ; N , HU| v
U m:- J|-UNl, HK|ml, shop1 |-H, road1 W|-|N W,
U| |UH|1 KMU|-KM, waver1 |-|l, N, without1 -H1 N-
|NF1 |NU|-|NU J|1 -J| H U| , hunger1 HU|-J| HlU|1
Wl (J|) |8 J, H (|) |8 | 8M m|Um |U m, U|
|UH| |8 |8 KM, H |l H |N m H HF U| H
H HF U| |U F| J1
Either sit at home or travel else where one must always be cautious to avoid from sleeping in
ignorance therefore one should never go for another woman (or man) other then his (or her)
wife (or husband).
Without the Almightys Name, the mind will never be steadfast (waving in the thirst for evil
desires), Guru Ji prays that the hunger of reciting Almightys Name should never disappear
and the interest of reciting Almightys Name should always remain intact.


J F W N |U|Um ; HJH H8 v
U m:- J-|JU1 F-H|J, town1 W-H, house means true form1
HJH-H |H, naturally1 H8-H8 H1 -, trade1
H| H|J |8 H |JU (J) J, |UH |8 mF H (W) Nl |U |U
J1 JF H |H J| H8 H HF NU J1
Guru Ji has showed me the real-self (Atma) liked house within this body liked town and now
naturally (without any effort or initiative) I trade (recite) the true Almightys Name.

|K |U mM mJ ; N |8 vcv
U m:- |K-W N|| JU|, reduced1 |U-|U, sleep1 mM-, small
quantity1 mJ-mJ, N, food1 -, H mH, principal1 |8-|8
NU Jl, contemplate1
|U J W |U| J m (mM) mJ N |U J1 m|Um |U
m || U|ml ||ml |N N| J, l N H| N|JU J, |N mH| |H|m
U |8 NU Jlvcv mF H (H) |8 N H| |MmF MU| |Hl U H:-
Guru Ji concludes that while living a worldly life performing all the family life obligation one
is able to sacrifice his sleep and consume less food which means that ignorance (sleep) and
worldly indulgence (food consumption) can be reduced by contemplating on the principal
lessons.
With the intention of persuading Guru Ji to join their faith, Sidhas question Guru Ji;

UH NJ H|NU ; HU M| | v
U m:- UH-H, HHJ, religion, faith1 -H, costume1 H|NU-HN|ml U
|UU, HN|ml U N, The Yogis Guru1 HU-HU, ear rings1 M|-begging bowl1
|-NM |8 F M| NU|, porch1
J M! |UJ H HK HN| UH J, H| |UH U N HN H N1
J HN|ml U N F UlN1 H| HUl |J M m M| (|) NU| NM
|8 M1
Dear Child (Bala) embrace our faith and adopt our costume, we shall in return make you the
Guru of all Yogis therefore wear the ear-rings (Mundra), hold the begging bowl (Coli) and
the patched coat around the neck (Khintha).


J m| UN HJ ; UH |UN v
U m:- J-l , twelve (12) sects1 m|-mU, within1 UN-|UN1
HJ-H N, N, embrace1 UH- |N, six (6) school of thought1
-HN|ml U , path1
UHl |8 |HJ |UN HK UH J, |UH |8 l J1 l |8 |UN mU|
J, H| H N1
UH;

9. H|mH| 7. N|
. JH8| 0. H
. HN| . HNH

UN|ml U l ;

9. J 7.
. mU| 0. NHU
. NM . NM
?. N| c.
c. H 9O. 8M|
99. M 97. UH

Among the well known six (6) school of thought (six different school of practice), ours is one
of them (Yog) and there are twelve different groups in Yog itself amongst which Aei Panth
is one of them which you (Guru Nanak Dev Ji) should adopt.
Six (6) School of Thought (Darshan);

1. Sanyiasi 2. Vairagi
3. Brahmchari 4. Srevere
5. Yogi 6. Jangam


12 sects of Sidhas (Yogis);

1. Heth 2. Paw
3. Aei 4. Game
5. Pagal 6. Gopal
7. Kanthri 8. Ban
9. Dhwej 10. Choli
11. Rawal 12. Daas Panth

|U || H HHU|m ; J| 8 U|m v
U m:- |U ||-|UH || M, in this manner1 -J l! man!1 J|-
|, again1 8-HHl U| H, hit means the pain caused from the hit by death
messengers1 U|m-J| UN, not to endure1
|UH || (|U ||) M, HK |8 m N M| N H HHU1 J
! (J|) HHl U| 8 J| UN, HHl 8 HUN1
Dear Man, in this manner persuade your mind to embrace our faith and you shall never suffer
the beating from Death Messengers again.

N M NH| ; HN HN| |U U|m vcv
U m:- -HH, M, understand1 HN|-HN|, Hl8, ||, method, way1
|U-|UH l, in this manner1 U|m-U|U| J, is obtained1
H| N H| N|JU J, J |H |UH l M |N HU N UH HH Hl U
HN U| HN| JU| Jvcv
Guru Ji says the Sidhas said in this manner that through adopting a Guru one is able to
understand the methods of performing Yog.

m| HU || HU ; JH HH U| N| v
U m:- m|-mU, within1 ||-MN, |UN H, continuously1 HU-
HUl, ear rings1 JH-mJN, ego, pride1
mF HH |JU mU |UN H H|Fm J1 |UH UH U NN HN|ml
U |UU F J m JH |mN N |H N|| J, HH |mN N
H HH|UH| | J, |UJ U HUl U|ml J1
To realise Almighty within in a consistent manner this is the costume of the six visionaries
(darshan) that I (Guru Ji) have adopted and became the king of Sidhas which means that Yog
actually means oneness with Almighty and uplifting the mind and intellect above the outfits.
To give up the ego and adopt humbleness and give up the attachement and adopt the
equalness these are the two ear-rings that I (Guru Ji) wear.

NH N mJN | ; N N H|U H HH | v
U m:- |-|, U N|, abandoned, cast-off1 N N H|U-N U UH1
|-U|, attained1
NH N JN H N HU NN U N| (|) J, JF H H |8 HH HH
NU| J, |UJ J| HK mU| Jv
Through the Gurus words (hymns) lust, anger and ego has been discarded and I (Guru Ji)
have attained supreme understanding (the ultimate attainment of Almighty from within),
truly this is my Aei Panth

| M| || |Jm ; N UN J| v
U m:- |-NU|, patched coat1 M|-begging bowl1 ||-| ,
|mN, omnipresent1 -N, ferry across1 UJ J|-|UN HH1
H HH J| M N N|| N J |J H|Fm J, |UJ HK| | J1 N
H| N|JU J, |UN HH J| N, |UJ H H N| J, |UJ| HK| M| Jv
Acknowledging Almightys consistent and complete existence within all the entire creation
(from an elephane till an ant) is my patched-coat, Guru Ji says that the faith embraced that
only one Almighty will ultimately ferry me across this worldly ocean is my begging-bowl.
Note: Guru Ji illustrated the mere knowned symbols of a Yogi to inner virtues that leads to he
attainment of self-realisation.


H8 H|J H8| U| ; N N| | v9Ov
U m:- H8 H|J-H8 |JN, True Master (Almighty)1 U|-|KmU|,
greatness1 -H|Fm, HH|m, understand1 -NM, word1 |-'H, 8N|,
pure means the essense or truth1
H|J H8 J m H U| |KmU| (U|) | H8| J, Nl U| UH H |
NM J, H NN H|Fm () Jv9Ov mF m M N H| N|JU J1
Almighty is the True Master and his praise is also true however only through Gurus sermons
one is able to realise in the real manner how great is Almighty.
Guru Ji continue to bless His Sermons;

; 8 | v
Nl|Um NHF ; H HN| v
U m:- -M, up side down1 -HN| U J |mM |HH |8 ||m
U J, begging bowl1 8 -H , five principal elements1 Nl|Um-H|,
physical body1 NHF- | ' M| JU| H| NM| HM|, black thick cotton
cloth circulated around the chest 1 HN|-NM U| HM|1
M () H H |H N| m H HH N HH N| J, |UJ J' |8
|m J m H l U H NF N| J, |UJ | |J| J1 H|
(Nl|Um) H H NN NHF N| J |UJ NHF J, H | ' H| NM|
HM| M| JU| J, |UH U H NHF J1 H H HH M H|m J, |UJ NM
U| HM| (HN|) J1
H l U NF
9. mNH |, HH
7. F - mHN, |J
. F| - |HM
0. | |HF, |H
. mN| NH
Guru Ji says that my begging bowl (Khapar) is turning upstraight the mind towards Almighty
instead of worldly materials means that one can only gain in life if the mind focus towards
Almighty. Adopting the virtues of the five principal elements is my hat (Topi).
To perform voluntary service (Tap) is my (Guru Ji) black thick cotton cloth circulated around
the chest (called Kerasan) and to reunite the mind with Almighty by reciting Almightys
Name (Jap) is my cloth around the neck (called Jagoti).

The virtues of five (5) Principal Elements
1. Vacumm Equalness (see Almighty within the entire creation)
2. Air Untouchable (by worldly desires)
3. Water Pureness
4. Earth Humbleness
5. Fire Brightness means knowledge

H H ; HHH J |M v
N ; NH| H HH|M v99v
U m:- H-H8, true1 H-H, H HH |U H M H |JF,
contentment1 HHH-|UU|ml ||ml M N MF, to control the sensory and action
organs1 H HH|M-H HMU Jl, H |HHU Jl, to recite Almightys Name1
H, H m HHH |UJ M 8M J1 N H| N|JU J, H Nl Um H
|HHU J, |UJ ||m HNU Jlv99v
|H | H NU J:-
The companion followers (disciples) are the truth, contentment and satisfaction (ability to
accept fate by keeping control over the knowledge and deed sensors and act accordingly),
Guru Ji says to remember Almighty through Gurus sermons (Gur = Guru & Mukh = uttered
sermons by a Guru through His mouth) is my begging act. Says the Yogis;--

N H N ; N H HN v
N H ; m| J| HN v
U m:- N-NF, |NH , |Nl H, who, for whom1 N-M|Nm J|Um,
hidden1 HN- |m, liberated1 m|-mU, within1 HN-H|m,
attach1
H 90 - HH N |Nl H J!
H 9 - l HN NF J!
H 9 - m J H| U NF H|m J!
Question No. 14 The existence of Almighty is hidden for whom?
Question No. 15 Who is free from the entanglements of attachments?
Question No. 16 Who is attached within and outside the body?

N H m ; N H H|U v
N H ; ||F |Jm HH|U v97v
U m:- ||F-| F (mNH, H MN, M), 1 HH|U-HH|Um
J|Um1
H 9? - mlU HlU NF J!
H 9c - |l l |8 NF HH |J Jvv97v
|F- U| NJ |HW Um |8 HJNH mH:-
H. |. HNX- | MN. HN, || m M. |F FJ HmH|.
(N| H: 9) |F HJ|. (H) 7. | N. H |F H|J
HH (N| N|)
N H| U ':-
Question No. 17 Who comes and goes from this materialistic world?
Question No. 18 Who is immersed in the three parts (heaven, earth and underearth)? of this
Universe. Guru Ji answers;

W| W| N ; NH| HN v
m| J| ; H|U H HN v
U m:- W| W|-J l |mN, omnipresent1 N-|m J|Um, hidden1
HN-l HN, liberated from entanglements1 H|U-HH1 HN-H|m,
attached1
' 90. HH l W W (W| W|) |8 J, HHl MU| N J1
' 9. NH H l |8 HFN l (HN) |m J1
' 9. mU J HH (H|U) H |J J1
Answer No. 14 Although Almighty exits within all but He is hidden for those who only
recognises their mind as their master (Manmukh).
Answer No. 15 The ones who follows undoubtfully the Guru Jis instruction (Gurmukh) is
free from all world attachments as they see Almighty existence completely within the entire
creation.
Answer No. 16 Almighty is being attached within and outside the body means that
Almightys existence is obvious within all physical forms as well as in formless. This
implicates that Maya is also the form of Almighty if only one realises that all the materialistic
joys are felt by the beings are also associated closely with Almighty but until one is
enlightened by Gurus grace then this pleasures becomes permenant otherwise it fades away.

HH| ; |H m H|U v
N ; NH| H|8 HH|U v9v
U m:- |H-HU J, H JU J, perishes away1 m-HH |8 mU J,
comes1 H|U-HH HlU J, goes1 H|8-H8 HH, true Almighty1 HH|U-HH
|J J, immerse1
' 9? - HH HH M N mU m HN HlU J |UJ |HM|HM 8MU |JU J1
' 9c - N H| N|JU J, | l |8 H8 mNM HH |J J,
NHl J| H|Fm Jvv9v
|H U H:-
Answer No. 17 Manmukh goes by death and comes by birth.
Answer No. 18 Guru Ji says that Almighty who is the ultimate truth is immersed within the
entire creation but only the Gurmukh realises. 2
nd
meaning : Guru Ji answers that in all the
three parts of the universe the animated (Gur) and invisible (mukh) form of True Almighty is
immersed within the entire creation.
Question by the sidhas;

|N N| ; H| v
|N N| |Um ; |N N| M v
U m:- |N N|-|NH N, why1 -|m, bonded1 H|-H|Um
HF|, female snake1 |Um-N|Um J, lost1 M-M|m, |Um, found1
H 9c - |NH N |UJ H| |m J!
H 7O - |NH N H|Um HF| J!
H 79 - |NH N NN |UH |H HH N|Um J!
H 77 - |NH N |UH |H HH |Um (M) J HM N| J!

Question No.19 Why this jeev (being) is tied (in attachment)
Question No. 20 - Why the serpent maya (mammon) has eaten up this jeev (being)?
Question No. 21 Why this jeev (being) wasted the whole lifetime?
Question No. 22 Why this jeev has obtained this life as human being means that how this
jeev have made the lifetime fruitful?


|N N| |HM ; |N N| m|m v
|UJ |8 ; H N JH v90v
U m:- |HM-|, pure1 m|m-J, darkness1 -|Hl, principal1
|8-|8 N, contemplation1
H 7 - |HM |N JU|U J!
H 70 - J (m|Nm) |N U J HNU J!
|UJ H U |Hl H |8 J J| HK N Jv90v
Question No. 23 How can one (mind) become pure?
Question No. 24 How does the darkness of ignorance disappear?
The one who contemplates on the above questions based principal of truth shall be
acknowledged as my Guru.

UH| ; H| v
HH| |Um ; NH| M v
U m:- UH|-| H, the believe that aparts the jeev (being) from Almighty1
-|m, tied1 H|-H|Um HF|, serpant (Maya)1 |Um-N|Um J, lost,
wasted1 M-M|m, |Um, benefit1
' 9c - | H N N H| |m J1
' 7O - UH N N H|Um H| J1
' 79 - HH N N HH N|Um (|Um) J1
' 77. NH| N N HH M|m HM N| Jv0v
Answer No. 19 - The jeev (being) is tied in attachments by wicked intellect
Answer No. 20 - The worldly intellect (influenced by demerits) is the cause for this jeev to be
eaten up (influenced or charmed) by the serpant maya (mammon).
Answer No. 21 By adopting the mind as the master (Manmukh) is the cause for this jeev
(being) to waste the entire precious lifetime.
Answer No. 22 One can make the whole lifetime fruitful by adopting Gurus wisdom and
becoming a Gurmukh.


H|N |HM ; m H|U v
N , JH H| ; HH|U v9v
U m:- m-J, darkness1 H|U-8|Mm HlU J, U JU J, goes1 JH-
mJN, ego1 H|-|H N, perishes1 HH|U-HH H, M| J H, immerse1
' 70. HU H|N |HMU J, H HH m|Nm m H JU J1
' 7. N H| N|JU J JH H N HH |8 HH H, |U H |HM JU
J1
|U ' N H| H 70 U ' H 7 |JMl J| |U J, |N|N |Hl
|HM ' F H|v9v JF |Hl U| | H JU| J:-
Answer No. 24 - Only by meeting the True Guru darkness of ignorance is vanished.
Answer No. 23 - Guru Ji says once the ego is vanished only then one (mind) becomes pure
and immerses into Almighty.
Guru Ji answered the question 24 before answering question 23 in order to emphasise on the
principal of purity.
The next lines are focused on principals;

H || ; U|H v
K JH ; N v
U m:- H-m, |NF H, thoughtless state1 ||-|UN H, MN,
consistent1 U|H-|U, to1 -, tie, attach1 K -'KU J|, does not fly means
stop wandering1 JH-H| JH, swan means jeev1 -U J|, goes into1
N- H|, UJ, wall but here it means physical form1
m (H) HH |8 | |UH H |UU1 |UH NN H| (JH) KU J|
m H H| (N) |8 | J| mU HH H HN J HUl J1
Bind (tie) the focus in consistent thoughtless state (Sune) and this jeev (being) never flies
away in the reincarnation cycle and never go into another physical form (body) which means
that jeev becomes free from birth and death.


HJH N ; W HF H8 v
N ; H8 H8 v9v
U m:- HJH-H| H, Hl, mKM, the true form1 N-|JU, cave here it
denotes heart1 H8-H8, HH, Truth, Almighty1 H8-H8 HH 1 -U
J, pleases1 H8-H8 H1
H| H |JU (N) |8 H W HH (H8) J, H |J8F1 N H| N|JU
J, J H8 H H8 HH m HlU Jv9v
| |H H NU J:-
Recognise the true form in the heart (cave) in which dwells the Almighty, Guru Ji says only
the true person is preferred by Almighty.
The Sidhas continue to questions again;

|NH N|F ; |NJ |HU UH| v
|NH N|F ; |UJ |H| v
U m:- |NJ-W , N|JH|, house here it means household life1 |HU-|Km
J, |m|Nm J, abandon1 UH|-N|, ascetic1 -H, outfit1 |H|-
N| J, adopted1
H 7 - |NH H |NJH |mN N N| F J!
H 7 - |NH H |UH N| J!
Question No. 25 For what reason have you abandoned household life to became ascetic?
Question No. 26 For what reason you have embraced this costume?

|NH N ; H FH v
|N N| ; H MWJ v9?v
U m:- -HU, merchandise, trade1 FH-|, trader1 H-H|,
companion1 -HH HHU 1
H 7? - |NH HU U H| | J!
H 7c- |NH N m |H H|ml HH HHU N (MWJ)
N H| ' |UU J:-
Question No. 27 What are goods that you trade?
Question No. 28 How will you take across all your companion disciples from the worldly
materialistic ocean?
Guru Ji answer:--

NH| H U UH| v
UH N U| |H| v
U m:- H-MF, search1 U-JU, be1 U|-H, for1
' 7 - NHl MU m H|N HH MU UH| JU J1
' 7 - Hl U UH H |H| JU Jl v7v
Answer No. 25 I become ascetic in the search of those who obeys Gurus instruction
(Gurmukh) and Almighty.
Answer No. 26 I have become the resident of this costume to have the glimpse of the saints.

H8 N ; JH FH v
N ; NH| |H v9cv
U m:- H8-H8 H, True Name1 -HU, merchandise1 FH-|,
trade1 |H-U J1 -HH HHU 1
' 7? - H8 H HU U mH| FH Jl1
' 7c - N H| N|JU J, N Um J| H N v9cv
|H H NU J:-
Answer No. 27 I am the trader of the True Name.
Answer No. 28 Guru Ji says that with the grace of the Guru (Almighty) all shall be ferried
across this worldly materialistic ocean. Question by Sidhas;

|N || ; HH |Um v
NJ N ; |UJ H M|Um v
U m:- |N-|NH, what1 ||-|N, method1 -H', Man1 |Um-
U|Mm, change1 NJ N-|NH M, |NH 8|H M1
H 7c - J |NH |N NN HH UM| (|Um) N| J!
H O - |NH 8|H M H| |UH H MN|Um J!
Question No. 29- By adopting which method have you changed your life focus? Or how have
you escaped from the cycle of reincarnation (birth and death)?
Question No. 30- In which material you have attached your mind concentration?

|N || ; mH HH U| v
|N || ; H| || U| v
U m:- ||-|N, method1 mH-HM H U| |U, the hope for physical
materials 1 HH-H U|m mH, desire of the mind 1 U|-|HU|, extinguish1
H|-| NH, light1 ||-|UN H, MN, continuous1
H 9. |NH |N NN H| HM Hml U| mH m H U|ml mH (HH)
|HU|ml J!
H 7. |UN H H |NH N U| J!
Question No. 31- Which method have you adopted to extinguish your physical hopes (Asa)
and desires of the mind (Mansa)?
Question No. 32 - Which method has you adopted to attain the consistent light (Almighty)
within?

| U ; |N U|m H v
N ; H8 NJ |8 v9cv
U m:- |-|l, without1 U-UU, teeth1 |N-|N!, how?1 H-MJ,
iron1
H - |l UUl |NH l MJ (H) U|U! J N H|! |Ul Hl U
H8 |8 UHv9cv
N H| U ':-
Question No. 33- How can one eat iron without having teeth? Which means that without the
difficult penance (taap) form of teeth how can one obtain victory (eat) over the iron form of
mammon (maya).
Dear Nanak, please contemplate truthfully on these questions.
Guru Ji answers;

H|N N HH ; N |H|Um v
mJ| ; |UJ H M|Um v
U m:- N-8H| U N, HHF H, recarnation cycle1 mJ|-HH,
borderless1 -N, H|, immersed1
' 7c - HU HNl U Um UH |Mm l HH m 8H| U N |H|Um
J1 HU HNl U |H F l HH UM |Nm J1 H |H HFH U
N|Uv m 8H| U HF (N) |H|Um J1
' O - H| () J N |UH mF H HH (mJ|) |8 MN|Um J1
Answer No. 29 Life focus has been changed upon receiving sermons through a true Guru
thereafter the 8.4 million reincarnation has been vanished means that when I become the Sikh
of the Guru my whole life changed. Gurbani quote The one who has made human to devta
(deity).
Answer No. 30 By becoming a lover I have attached this minds concerntration in
Almighty.


HH mH ; H|U HMU| v
NH| ; H| || U| v
U m:- H|U-H UH, sermon1 HMU|-H |U|, burned1 NH|-N U
Um, through a Guru1 H|-| NH, divine light1 ||-|UN H, MN,
consistent1 U|- N|| J, attained1
' 9 H| U|ml mH (mH) m H U|ml H mH (HH) H|, J N HU
M HM |U|ml J1 |UH l mH HH U|ml J1
' 7 - Nl Um | H U| | N|| J1
Answer No. 31 The physical hopes (Asa) and the hopes of the mind (Mansa) is burned by
the Gurus hymns means that physical hopes (Asa) and mind desires (Mansa) which existed
within is totally vanished by the word of the Guru.
Note: Hopes are merely a group of thoughts, which are inspired by illusions of the mind. A
number of thoughts shapes the hope as the hope is related various situation presumed by
mind depending on the situation felt by the mind. Therefore need and hope may not be in
line.
Answer No. 32 Through the true Guru I have obtained the consistent light (knowledge,
Almighty) within.

NF H ; U|m H v
N ; FJ v7Ov
U m:- NF-H|Um U | NF (H, H, H), three characteristics of Maya1
H-|HF, H N, destroy1 H-MJ, iron1
' - H | NFl |HF J| |UH H MJ (H) F J1 N H| N|JU
J, |N J HH MU Jvv7Ov
|Hl U H:-
Answer No. 33 To vanish the three (3) characteristics of Maya (Sat, Raj & Tam) is equally
difficult as consuming iron without having teeth means that escaping from maya is as
impossible as eating iron without teeth but with Guru Jis grace it becomes possible.
Note: Guru Ji explains the difficulty and impossibility of eradicating the Maya through an
example of eating iron. Human teeth cannot bite iron and without teeth are totally impossible
so Guru Ji explains that Maya cannot be defected with our ego. The sense of winning must be
vanished from within as Maya exist in the slight sense that we develop from any deed. Maya
creates self and this self can only desolve in Almighty, therefore the self cannot be destroyed
once created but it can be merged into a greater self (Almighty). Guru Ji says that Almighty
is the captain who takes the jeevs across this materialistic ocean. Says the Sidhas;

m|U N N |8 N|mM ; H NJ W H v
U m:- m|U-|NF H HH, Primary means Almighty1 N-U1 N-
|N!, how1 N|mM-N N|U1 H-m, |NF H HH, thoughtless state1
NJ-|N, where1 H-H, |H, dwell1
H 0 - m|U HH U |8 |N N (N) N|U J!
H - |NF U |NH W |8 |H J!
Question No.34 Who has contemplated on Almighty who is the primal form (first,
beginning)?
Question No. 35 Where is the residence of Almighty in his complete thoughtless form?

|Nm N| HU N N|mM ; W| W| N |H v
U m:- HU-|H|, |Nm U|ml HUl, ear ring here it means knowledge1 N-
|N!, how1 N|mM-N N|U, described1 |H-H, |H1
H - |Nm U| |H| (HU) |NJ| NJ|U| J!
H ? - W W |8 |NH U |H Jv0v
Question No. 36 Who has adopted the rememberance sign of knowledge (ear-ring)?
Question No. 37 Who resides as the life form within all the living beings?

NM N |N |N HMU|mM ; |N | W| HU|m v
U m:- |N-H, KK, club, baton 1 HMU|mM-HF, to burn1 |N-|N,
|NH l, how1
H c - NM U H KK (|N) |NH l H|m H!
H c - | W |8 |NH l HU|U J!
Question No. 38 How can one burn the death messengerss baton?
Question No. 39 How can one go into the fearless house?

HJH H N mHF HF ; |N U U|m v
U m:- N-U1 mHF-|JF, rest, to reside within1 U-N, cut1 U|m-
NH N m|UN |ml , enemies e.g. lust, anger, greed, attachment & ego1
H 0O - H|JH H NFl U |JF (mHF) |NH l H|Fm H!
H 09 - |ml |NH N N|m (U) H!
N H| U Nl |8 |H N|JU J:-
Question No. 40 How to rest the virtues such as Sehaj and Santokh (contentment) within?
Note: Sehaj means to maintain the life purely in the law of nature (She=the character +
Aj=from the beginning). Everyone is in the search of peace and bliss but we always failed to
obtain the peace as our beanchmark of peace goes back to the initiation of this physical form
in mothers womb. In mothers womb we were engrossed in Almightys mediatation and the
bliss obtained were far beyond the peace obtained from the worldly materials although we
were placed in a confined place with extensive heat in mothers womb. The physical
difficulties in mothers womb were easy oversighted by the bliss of tuned focus in
Almightys Name. In similar manner we can have all the worldly materials but the peace and
bliss will be attained through the concentration in Almightys Name. Therefore the peace
obtained from worldly materials last for a short time as the peace attained from Almightys
mediatation last till today within us although we may be ignorant about it.
Question No. 41 How to eliminate the rivals such as ego, anger, lust, greed and
attachments? Guru Jis explains the principal in two lines;

N N H|U JH | H ; |H W| J H v
U m:- |-|H, evil-desires1 |H W|-H H, real-self1 H-H, |H,
dwell1
c - Nl U UH M JH m ||Hml H l |UH H| U H H (|H
W|, mH) |8 H J HlU Jv
Answer No. 39 Through the Gurus sermons (word) one who effaces (vanishes) the ego and
evil-desires, obtains total residence in the very ownself (Nij Ghar; Atma real self)

|H| |8 |8m |H H|U F ; N N UH v79v
U m:- |8-HH U| 8, creation1 |8m-F|Um J, created1 |H-H1
c. |HH |UH HH U| 8l (|8) F|Um (|8m) J, H mH |JN
(H|U) F, N H| N|JU J, H H N UH Jl1 |UH U ' U|| (7)
| |8 mNv79v
|UJ H l |8 J| J m |UN J NJM |H m|Um1 H |NJ |JM H
H HF N U |U | |UH U UF1 N H| |NJ H| | NJ1 | J
|H H NU J:-
Answer No.38 - The one who recognises Almighty (shabad-hymn) who has the created the
complete creation, Guru Ji says that I am the servant of such person. The answer will be
given in the Pauri 23.
The question and answer session were going on, one yogi (sidh) came in a rush and said
Please listen to my question first and later answer to the other questions upon listening to
this Guru Ji obliged him by allowing him put forward his question.

NJ m , NJ |UJ H ; NJ |UJ J HHU| v
U m:- NJ-|N! HHU|-HHU J, stay immersed1
H 07 - |UJ H| |N mU J!
H 0 - |N HlU J!
H 00 - |N HH N |JU J!
H 0 - mN H |N U J!
Question No. 42 This jeev comes from where?
Question No. 43 Where does this jeev goes?
Question No. 44 Where does the jeev stay immerse during the lifetime?
Question No. 45 How does this jeev obtains permenant form (to stay immersed in
Almightys form)?


UH HU N H m ; |H N |M HU| v
U m:- m-m HH m, able to contemplate1 |M-| H, an iota1
HU|-H, MM8, greed1
|UH HK HU U |HH m HH m (m) |8 J, H H N
HHU Jl, H |M H | MM8 J| J1
One who is able to comprehend and contemplate my question (word) and I recognise him as
my Guru who has not even a bit (iota) of greed.

|N m|N ; NH| MN |m v
U m:- -HH, H H, principal (Almighty)1 m|N-mN HH,
doomless1
' 0 - H Nl Um HH |8 |m M l J HH (m|N) U
J1
Answer No. 45 - Through Gurus guidance whos love is attached with Almighty thereafter
the doomed jeev obtains the doomless Almighty in which jeev remain immersed.

m H m N ; NJ N |8 v
U m:- H-|Nm, knower1 N-N M, creator1 |8-|8 N,
contemplate1
J mN HH m J| H U |Nm (H) J1 m J| H U N J1
N H| N|JU J H U H U |8 N1
Such Almighty (Avigat doomless) is the knower of all (omniscient) and creator of all, Guru
Ji says, contemplate on the form of Almighty.


JNH m JNH H ; JNH J HHU| v
U m:- JNH-HH U JNH |81 HHU|-HHU J1
' 07 - H| H U JNH |8 J| mU J1
' 0 - JNH |8 J| H| HlU J1
' 00 - H U JNH |8 J| H| HH |8 HH|Um |JU J1
Answer No. 42 The jeev (being) comes in Almightys command (will).
Answer No. 43 The jeev (being) goes in Almightys command (will).
Answer No. 44 In Almightys command the jeev immerses in this materialistic world
during the life time (which denotes that in Almightys command one remains immersed in
worldly affairs)

N H8 NH ; N| |H| HU U| v77v
U m:- H8-H8 UH, true instructions (sermons)1 N|-, obtain1 |H|-
HUU, practice1
H Nl U H8 UH NH l |UH HUU (|H|) NN |JN (HU) U|
| (N|) N|| Jv77v
JF |UN|| (79) | U N|JU J:-
Those who adopt a practical lifestyle in accordance to the Gurus true instructions will obtain
Almighty. Guru Ji answers to the questions raised in the Pauri 21 in following pauri;

m|U N |HHU |8 N|mM ; H || H M|m v
U m:- |HHU-mH8H, astonishing1 H-H, residence1 ||-
continuously1
' 0 - m|U HH U H U |8 mH8H (|HHU) J1
' - m HH (H) | J| H l |8 H |Mm J1
Answer No. 34 The contemplation of the primal form (Almighty) is astonishing (which
cannot be comprehended in words therefore it is just wonderful).
Answer No. 35 Almighty in his complete thoughtless form has taken his residence in all the
places means that Almightys existence is within the entire creation.


mNM HU N |Nm |8|mM ; W| W| H8 H H|m v
U m:- mNM-NMF |J, illusionary creation1 HU-|H|1 |8|mM-
|8|1 W|-|JU, heart1 H8-H8 HH1 H-H, all1
' - NMFl |J JF |UJ Nl U |Nm U| |H| (HU) |8| J1
' ? - H H|ml U W W |8 H8 HH J| |H N |J J1
Answer No. 36 The one who is free from the influence of imaginary maya (mammon)
adopts the sign (ear-ring) of Gurus knowledge.
Answer No. 37 The true Almighty resides within all hearts which means within all the
living beings.

N 8| m|N| HHU|m ; |H HJ|H MJ v
U m:- N 8|-N U 8 M, Gurus Words1 m|N|-mN HH,
doomless Almighty1 HHU|m-HHU|U J, immersed1 MJ-MF, N1
' c - Nl U 8l M mN HH |8 HHU|U J1 |UH l NM U
H (|N) HMU|U J1
' c - |H |Nm NN U|U J (HJ|H MJ), |UH l | U W
HU|U J1
Answer No. 38 Through the practice in accordance to Gurus sermons (word, hymn) one
merges into the doomless form (Almighty) and this is how the death messengerss baton is
burned means that such person will never have to face the pains of death.
Answer No. 39 Almighty (Niranjan means free from the black stain of maya) can be
obtained with divine knowledge (sehaj) thereafter one is able to go into the fearless house
(state)


N , UH| N NF| ; H |H H |H MJ v
U m:- UH| N-J NU| NH, other task 1 H-|HHU, to remember1 |H-M,
found1 MJ-MU J, obtain1
' 0O - N H| N|JU J N| | UH| N J| N| 8J|U|1 |UH NN
H|JH H U| |JU |8 |UH| JU| J1
' 09 - H |H J N Nl |HHU J, J NH|UN |ml NF U |N |H
N MU J NU J1
Guru Ji says,
Answer No. 40 In order to have virtues (Sehaj & Santokh-contentment) permenantly within
one should never perform anything else other then Almightys meditation which means that
although the physical body performs world activities the mind focus must always be
maintained in the Almightys rememberance just like a mothers mind is always in her baby
while she is doing all the house work.
Answer No. 41 A person who becomes a disciple (Sikh) and dedicates his life in the service
of his Guru becomes successful in eliminating the rivals such as ego, anger, lust, greed and
attachments.

JNH |HHU JN|H F ; H|m HN| H8 HF HU| v
U m:- |HHU-mH8H, astonishing1 HN|-Hl8, method1 HU|-J|1
|H8 (H8) NN H mH (H|) U| HN| HFU J, J| H mH8H mNM
(JN|H) U JNH (JNH) |J8FU J1
Through faith who knows the real-self (Atma) concept of Almighty within the entire creation.
Only such person shall recognise the wonder of Almightys command which means that the
one who knows that Almighty is the ultimate creator and He Himself being the life form who
infuses life into the inanimate creation made by the five principal element therefore as
Almighty is within his creation so all that happens is always His Will.

m H| |MH J ; m| H8 , HN| NJ|m HU| v7v
U m:- H|-H NN, |H N, to vanish1 |MH-mHN, uneffected1 m|-
mU, within1
H m H N mHN (|MH) J N mU H8 NU J, H J| HN|
NJ|U Jv7v
N H| '| |m |8 |Hl N|JU J1
The one who is detached from his self-pride and adopts the truth within is known as a Yogi.
Guru Ji explains the principal in the following 19 Pauris.


m|N |H|UM H ; |NF HNF |m v
U m:- |H|UM-|HM, pure1 H-U JU J, born1 |m-J|Um,
occurs1
mN H |HM |N J, H U J N HNF |Fm J1
The doomless (Almighty) who is free from maya (Nirmal means Nir=without and Mal=dirt
which is maya) and formless has created the whole creation from himself which is his greater
(Vairat) form.

H|N 8 H U U|m ; H8 H|U HH|U M|m v
U m:- 8-UH, sermons1 H U-mH U, supreme state1 HH|U-HH,
remain immersed1 M|m-|Mm1
H|Nl U UH (8) M HU U|U J1 H8 UH M Nl |H
HH |8 HH |Mm J1
Through Satgurus (True Guru) sermons (Parche=Updesh) supreme state (union with
Almighty) is obtained and with the true sermons (Shabad=hymn) Guru has immersed Sikh
into Almighty.

UN N H8 UN HF ; JH UH U| N|m v
U m:- UN N-|UN HH 1 H8-|H81 UH-U 1 N|m-N|1
|UN mNM |H8 NN |UN J| HHU J, |HH JH m U (UH)
U N| J1
Such Gursikh faithfully recognises the Almighty as the only one creator (brahm) and who has
put away his (Gursikhs) ego, which means that Gursikh sees Almighty in every atom of the
entire creation. This is because; to achieve such state, the Gursikh has no ego which creates
duality.

H HN| N HU F ; m| NHM NH |m v
U m:- m|-mHN, fourfold mind1 NH-|, blossom1 |m-J|Um1
H Nl U HU FU J, m |HH U mHN (m|) NHM |8 |Nm NH
J|Um J, J| HN| J1
The one who recognises the Gurus hymns (shabad) and whose Antahkaran (mind, intellect,
memory and self existence) lotus has been enlightened by knowledge is a Yogi.


H| H H |N H ; m| HF H U|Um v
U m:- H| H-H| H, dies from the sense of living1 H-HHU J,
realise1 H-H, all1
H|m U H NN U|Um N m H| H l H N HU J, H8
|H|m HFU J1
Such Yogi should have heartfelt (sincere) mercy on everyone and dies from the sense of self
(ego). Such state where there is no attachment at all with Maya (mammon) and one find no
difference between being alive or dead means that such Yogi realises the truth against the
false perception created by illusionary mind.

N N |HM KU| ; m F H H|m v70v
U m:- N-H , the one1 KU|-|KmU|, H, honour1 m F-m
F, self-relisation1 H-H1 H|m-H|l, beings1
N H| N|JU J, H |KmU| |HMU| J, H H H|l mF m J| FU
Jv70v
Guru Ji says that, he alone receives respect, who recognises himself within all other creation
which means that once such person realises the true form (Almighty) then he see no stranger
as he sees himself within all others therefore the variety creations turn to only one Almighty.

H8 H H|8 HH ; H8 H8 UN H|Um v
U m:- H8-HH , the truth1 H-U JU J, initiated1 H8-H8 H,
Almightys Name1 H8-H8, pure1 UN-|UN, one1 H|Um-J HlU J, become1
|JN (H8) |UJ HH HU J m (H|8) |JN |8 J| HH HlU J1 H
N N H H8 JU J, J H HH U M |UN JU J1
This whole universe emerges (Upje-came into view) from truth (Sacho-Almighty) and
merges back in truth (Sach-Almighty) as well. The ones who are purified by Almightys
name becomes one with Almighty.


m|J |J ; UH m NF |Um v
U m:- -|J, stay1 |J-J| U J1 UH-U , doubt or
others1 m NF-mF HF, HHF H, reincarnation1
H UH |8 J, J mU J m |J J| lU J1 Jl
l mF HF J| JU J1
On the other hand the ones who have faith on other then Almighty are false ones who comes
into various reincarnations repeatedly and never obtains a stop (rest or permenant place), the
arriving and departure for the false ones is always continuous.

m NF |H N HU| ; m |H M|Um v
U m:- m NF-mF HF, HHF H, cycle of reincarnation1 |H-|H
HlU J, HN HlU J, vanishes1 N HU|-N U UH M1
mF HF l N U UH M J| |HU J1 H m MU J, l
|JN H |Mm Jv
The reincarnation (Aawa-arrival through birth and Gone-departure through death) can only
be vanished through Guru Jis sermons, those who are examined to be pure is forgiven by
Almighty

UN U UH |m| ; H H|UF |H|m v
U m:- UN-|UN, one1 U-|, pain1 UH-U , doubt1 |m|-
|m|, MN| J, affected1 H|UF-Hl U W, house of all tastes1 |H|m-|H
|Nm, M |Nm, forgotten1
|Hl UH U| |UN | (U) |m| J, Jl H H Hl U W J
(H|UF), J M (|H|m) J|U J1
The ones who are effected by the pain of other loves instead of faith (love) in Almighty, has
forgotten the Almightys Name which is the house (treasure) of all tastes (bliss, happiness).
H |HH m| U ; N N H|U H HN |Um v
U m:- H-J|, the one 1 -HHU J, understand1 U-HHU J, make
others to understand1 |Um-J|Um J1
J| HHU J |HH m N HHU J1 |HH Nl U UH NN HH|m J,
J H|NmH HN JU J1
Only the one can understand to whom the Guru explains himself and the one is liberated who
understood through Gurus sermons.


N FJ ; JH UH J|m v7v
U m:- -U J, ferry across means liberate1 FJ-HH, the one who
capable to ferry across1 J|m-|m|Nm, U N|, abandon1
N H| N|JU J, |HH JH m UH |m|Nm J, H FJ H |JN
J, J MU Jv7v
Guru Ji says the ones who have abandoned their ego and other love (Duja Bhav-love for
other then Almighty which is known as duality), they have been ferried across the
materialistic worldly ocean by the savior (Almighty).

HH| M ; HH N| N|F v
W HJ ; JF J|F v
U m:- N|F-HH|, dependency1 W-U W, others house means other
then the real real house (Almighty)1 HJ-UU, NU, to look1 JF J|F-J| J| J|,
NH J| NH, losses1
HH NN H |JN M J, J HH U| HH| J m J U Wl
UU J, HH | Jl U| mH N M NH J| NH J, N
J| J1

The ones who perform in accordance to the mind (Manmukh or astray) have forgotten
Almighty therefore they are always under the influence (sway) of death.
Those who invested their hope on others (other then Almighty) will always face losses after
losses without any benefit.
Second meaning for line 2.
Those who have hope on other then Almighty will always face losses after losses and they
gain nothing in life.


HH| |H ; |F v
H|N HH ; H| HH|F v
U m:- |H-M |8, in illusion1 -U J, |U J, wander, roam1
|F-H, wilderness1 H|N- H, evil way1 HH-M, N, looted1 H|-
H, charm1 HH|F-H|ml HHFl |8, graveyard1
HH H NN HH H (|F) |8 |U J, |N|N |UN H|ml
(H|N) |8 8MF NN M NU J, J HH K N HHFl |8 N
H m|U HU J1
Illusion causes Manmukh wander in worldly affair wilderness, due to the evil way adopted as
way of life, manmukh is looted which means that illusionary vision of perceiving the
residence in this world to be for forever, manmukh under in the influence of his mind adopts
a totally worldly lifestyle by which his every breath is being robbed by mammon (maya) as
the breath was given to this jeev(being) as capital to remember Almighty.
What is categorised as the rotten (bad) way, Guru Ji answers;
The evil (bad) way is reciting charms (incantation) in the cremation grounds to control the
dead people roaming spirits in order to use them for evil intentions which means that instead
of praying to Almighty one offers prayes to spirits for worldly materialistic accomplishment
by ignoring the creator of the whole universal just like leaving behind the Supreme King and
stay in service of the servant.

HU 8| ; M N|F v
N , H|8 ; H H|F v7v
U m:- 8|-|J8FU, HFU, recognise, know1 M-MU, speaks1 N|F-|
F|, U8, aberrant words1 -, N, immersed1 H-H' H |JN, the
form of happiness (Almighty)1 H|F-HFU J, knows1
J JH N HU |J8FU J| J m |ml F|ml MU (M) J1
N H| N|JU J J H8 |8 J H H H |JN HFU Jv7v NHl
U| H| NU J;
Those who never recognise Almighty through Gurus hymns and and always speak aberrant
(bad) words which means that reciting the words which relates to Almighty is essential as the
words unites one to Almighty.
Guru Ji says that only those are immersed in truth that knows the form of happiness
(Almighty).
Guru Ji praises the Gurmukh in the following line;


NH| ; H8 N v
NH| ; F| mW W v
U m:- -K, fear1 -U, adopts1 mW-|NH| F|, mH' H,
useless spoken words, impure words 1 W-HU J, H' NU J, the purified
words, pure words1
NH H8 |JN U K H |8 NU J m Nl Um |NH| (mW)
F| HU (W) J, mH H N lJ| H N MU J1
H' N N :
UJ , MN , HH U, H, m |m, N , mNH H 1

Gurmukh (one who follows Gurus teaching and instructions) adopts the Almightys fear in
the mind means that the only fear that they have is for Almighty whereas all other worldly
fears disappears.
Gurmukh through their Gurus fear shapes (Gharawe) their unshapeable (Aghar) speech
which means that they shape their speech to utter Gurus hymn instead of only speaking
pertaining to worldly affairs.
2
nd
Meaning
Gurmukh purifys their polluted mind through a Guru means the Gurus sermons (hymns).
Seven types of fear:
1. This worlds fear 2. Next world fear 3. Birth fear 4. Social Class fear 5. Self protection fear (fear of
losing food) 6. Hidden sins fear (ensuring sins are not exposed) 7. Reflective fear (self created fear -
that occurs and disappears rapidly)

NH| ; |HM J| NF N v
NH| ; | HU v
U m:- |HM-|, pure1 J| NF-J| U NF, Almightys virtues1 N-
NU J, sing1 HU-mH U, supreme state of self-realisation1 -U J,
attain1
NH J| U NF N N | JU J m NH J| | HU NU
J1
Gurmukh becomes pure by singing Almightys virtues. Gurmukh attains the pure supreme
state. Note: Guru Ji explains that singing Almightys praises purify the being as the ego is
eradicated and one is able to attain the oneness with Almighty.


NH| ; |H |H J| |m v
N ; NH| H|8 HH v7?v
U m:- H-M, M, body hair1 H|8-H8 |JN, Almighty1
NH H H J| |mU J1 |UH |8 U J:-
9. Nl U H H |8 H H U| | JU| J1
7. N H| H| |8 HH HF N |m U J1
N H| N|JU J |N NH H8 H |8 HH HlU NM HN| NU
Jv7?v
Gurmukh concentrates on Almighty by every hair in the whole body (Rom- skin holes
created by the penetration of hair through the skin) however there are two meanings as
follows;
a. With extensive recitation of Almightys Name the name is filled in their whole body
which penetrates through the skin and can be heard physically just like a water filled
bag having tiny hole from which the water flows out.
b. Gurmukh meditates on Almighty by knowing him within the entire creation including
grass, trees, wind, water, etc.
Guru Ji says Gurmukh then immerses into the true form (Almighty) which means that they
attains salvation by merging into their real-self.

NH| 8 ; U |8| v
NH| 8 ; |m | v
U m:- 8-UH, sermons1 U-|Nm, knowledge1 |m |-H|Um
U| |U| J, to swim over the river of Maya1
NH |Nm |8 |8 MN JU J1 NHl U UH NN U| H HU J
J |U| (|) J1
Gurmukh is occupied in contemplating divine knowledge (vedh) means that Gurmukh always
keeps their mind occupied in Almighty by discussing the Gurus hymns.
By listening to Gurmukhs preachings one can swim across the mammon (maya) river which
means that the preaching by Gurmukh based on Gurus instruction will help the audience to
swim across the river of mammon (maya)


NH| 8 ; H H|U |Nm| v
NH| 8 ; m || H| v
U m:- 8-UH, sermons1 |Nm|-|Nm, scholar1 m-mU,
within1 ||-||, method1 H|-HF|U| J, known1
NHl U UH (8) M |JN HF M JU|U J m NHl U UH
M mU U| || HF| U| J H mHH| J HU|U Jv
Through Gurmukhs preaching, one becomes able to know Almighty.
Through Gurmukhs preaching, one becomes knowledgeable about the inner secrets means
that he is able to comprehend the inner thoughts of others and the time dimensions becomes
irrelative as he/she is able see past, present and future.

NH| ; U|m mM m v
N , NH| ; HN| Um v7cv
U m:- mM-H |UU| U, the one beyond the physical sight1 m-
, beyond borders1 Um-Um, UH, door1
Nl Um (mM m) |JN N MU|U J1 N H| N|JU J |N Nl
Um J| (HN| Um) N HN| U UH U |Nm U|U Jv7cv
Through Guru (the leader Guru), Almighty who is beyond the physical sight (Alakh) and
beyond boundaries (Apaar) is attained, therefore Guru Ji says that through Guru alone one
immerses into Almightys form or ultimate knowledge is obtained.

NH| ; mN N |8| v
NH| ; |J H| v
U m:- mN- N|m HF M, |JN, beyond description1 |8|-|8,
contemplation1 |J-| HlU J, remains along1 H|-| HH, along with
family1
Nl Um |JN (mN) U |8 N N|U J m Nl Um J| HH U
(|J) | HU|U J HU|U J1
Through Guru, it becomes possible to utter the description of Almighty which is
indescribable.
Through Guru, it becomes possible to swim across this materialistic worldly ocean together
with the entire family.

NH| H|m ; m| |m| v
NH| U|m ; H|U m8| v
U m:- m|-mU, within1 m8|-N, practice1
mU| |m M Nl Um J| H H|U J m Nl Um J| |JN
N U N (m8|) |H N |JN MU|U J1
Through Guru, the deep love within is developed by which Almightys name is recited.
Through Guru, the character and the practice are adopted by which Almighty is attained.

H|U |U ; HF HFU| v
N ; JH H|M , HHU| v7cv
U m:- H|U |U-|JN U U, the secret of Almighty (Shabad)1 HF-H|Fm
J, known1 HFU|-Jl HFU J, make other to know1 H|M-H N, burn1
HHU|-H JU| J, vanished, HH+mU|=HH mU|, balance1
N H| N|JU J, |N |Hl U| JH M H N H (HHU|) JU| J, l
|JN U U m H|Fm J m H|NmHml | |JN F U| HN| UH|
Jv7cv

Guru Ji says that the ones ego liked flame of fire is extinguished, they have discovered the
secrets of Almighty thereafter their students are made aware of the method to attain
Almighty.
2
nd
Meaning of line 2 : Guru ji says when equalness is developed within then the ego is
burned.


NH| ; | H8 HH| v
|H H|J ; U| | H H| v
U m:- H8-H8 |JN , by Almighty1 HH|-8| J, created1 H|J-|8,
within1 U|-, HHF, birth, initiation1 |-H, death, destruction1 H|-
K, play1
NHl |UH l H|Fm J |N | H8 |JN HH| 8| J1 |UH |
H H|l U HHF m H J |J J, J H| J, HH U| K J1
Gurmukh knows that the earth is decorated (created) by the true Almighty in which the game
of origination and destruction is being played.
N N H|U N M|U v
H|8 | |H W| H|U v
U m:- -8, immersed1 N-NU J |m NU J UH
|8, spreads the love of Almighty upon others as well1 -|Nm, coloured means
immersed1 |-|UH, honour1 |H-M, with1 W|-MN |H H, real-self
means Almighty1
H N U UH |8 N J, J Jl | |UH N |8 NU J1 H H8 |8
|Nm () J J |UH (|) M J| MN (W|) |8 HlU J |H H |8
HHU J1
Those who are immersed in Almightys love, make others to have the same love for
Almighty.
Those who are immersed in the truth, goes with dignity to the next world (home) means
blends into their real-self (sarup = Almighty).

H8 HU | ; | J| v
N ; | , |N H|8 HH vOv
U m:- H8 HU-H8 UH, true sermons1 | -|l H , without
Almightys Name1 |N-|N, how1 HH-HHU J, immerse1
H8 UH |l |UH (|) J| U1 N H| N|JU J, |N H |l |NH
l H8 H |8 HHNvOv
Without the true sermon (sermon which relates to Almighty) one never obtains honour.
Guru Ji says that without Almightys Name how can one immerse in the true form (Atma-
Almighty).

NH| ; mH |H| H| | v
NH| ; HM |m H8 H| v
U m:- mH-m, eight1 |H|-|H|ml, the fullfillment of all worldly possessions
(Sidha)1 |-|ml, intelligence1 HM-HH HHU, worldly ocean1 H8-H8,
true1 H|-|Nm, knowledge1
Nl Um J| m |H|ml m |JN H U|ml H |ml J HlU|ml
J1 Nl Um J| HH HHU HU|U J m H8 U | m |Nm (H|) |
JU| J1
Through Guru the ability to perform the eight miraculous powers and the intellect to fulfil
affairs of worldly materials is obtained.
Through Guru one swims across the materialistic world ocean and also obtains the ultimate
knowledge.
m H |H|ml (Eight Main Miraculous Powers)
|H| J |N mF| HH| HN J |UN NH N MF1

9 m|FH H| |N N MF Anima To reduce body size into
most subtle
7 H|JH H| K N MF Mehima To increase body size
NH H| N MF Garma To increase weight
0 MWH H| JM N MF Laguma To reduce weight
H |U 8|H U| | Prapat To obtain all materials as
per mind desires
U| H |U mH H
m Ul 8
Mm |8 N
Eichta To make others to agree
also create and vanish
materials.
? NHU || |8 M| J HF
(HM U| |mU|) m |U
mH | N J HF1
Perkamey To desolve like water and
manifest again.
c |H
(H|NF)
|N Ul mF|
m|Nm |8 N MF1
Vashta
(Vasikaran)
To have control over all
worldly creation.


NH| ; H mH || HF v
NH| ; || || F v
U m:- H-M, goodness1 mH-, badness1 ||-||, reality, method1
HF-HFU J, knows1 ||-N|JF, indulgence1 ||-|mN, liberation
from worldly attachments1
Nl Um J| H M U| || HFU J1 Nl Um J| || m ||
FU J1
Through Guru, one know the reality (Bidhi) of good and bad.
Through Guru recognises the indulgement in worldly affairs (Pervirthi) and liberation from
all worldly affairs.

NH| ; | v
N , NH| ; H|U |H v9v
U m:- -U J, ferry across1 | -HH HHU 1 |H-
|H+=|HH NN U J1
N H H| J J J| HMJ J N U J1 N H| N|JU J |N NH
UH U N |HH (|H) NN U Jv9v
The leader Guru becomes the captain to ferry across the materialistic worldly ocean.
Guru Ji says that in the same manner the Gurmukh presents the sermons which delegately
ferries the other jeevs (being) across the materialistic worldly ocean.

H ; JH H|U v
|H ; H|8 J HH|U v
U m:- -, immerse1 H|8-, Almighty1 HH|U-HH J, merged1
H H |8 J, Jl U| JH 8M| NU| J1 H H |8 J J H8 |8
HHU |JU J1
Those who are immersed in Almightys Name their ego has vanished.
Those who are immersed in Almightys Name they forever remain merged in Almighty.


|H ; HN HN| |8 v
|H ; |J H Um v
U m:- HN|-HN|, Hl8, method, skill1 H Um- HN| U UH, door of
salvation1
H H |8 J, J HN U| HN |8U J m H H |8 J, J
HN| U Um |Nm (H Um) U J1
Those who are immersed in Almightys Name, contemplates on the methods of reuniting
with Almighty.
Those who are immersed in Almightys Name, attains knowledge which is the door of
salvation.

|H ; |F H| J|U v
N |H ; HU H J|U v7v
U m:- |F-| F, three worlds1 H|-|Nm, HFN|, knowledge1
HU-JHH, always1
H H |8 J Jl |l MN N| H| J HlU| J1 N H| N|JU J, H H
|8 J J HU H H J| JU Jv7v
Those who are immersed in Almightys Name, obtains consciousness of the three worlds.
Guru says those who are immersed in Almightys Name, remains forever the form of
happiness (Almighty).

|H ; |H NH| J|U v
|H ; HU J|U v
U m:- |H-|H, famous, HJH, saint1 NH|-|HM, union, meet 88,
discussion1 -m | U H, penance1
H H |8 J, Jl U |H (|H) J| U M |HM (NH|) JU| J1
H H |8 J, J HU J| J J Jv
H H |8 J, Jl U| HJHl (|H) U M 88 (NH|) JU| J
|H|ml U |HM JU J1
Those who are immersed in Almightys Name, they attains union Almighty who is
omnipresent.
Those who are immersed in Almightys Name, always remains form of penance means that
being immersed in Almighty itself turns the jeev (being) into Almightys form.


|H ; H8 NF| H v
|H ; NF |Nm |8 v
U m:- H8-H8|, true1 NF|-N, deed1 H-HH, pure, supreme1
H H |8 J, Jl U| H8| m HH N| J1 H H |8 J, J
|Nm m|UN NFl U |8 NU J1
Those who are immersed in Almightys Name, their practical life becomes true and pure
means that their life becomes the guide for others.
Those who are immersed in Almightys Name, they ponder on knowledge and virtues.

| ; M H N v
N |H ; | N HN vv
U m:- | -H |l, without Almightys Name1 M-MU, speech1
N-|NH, M, useless1 |-Jl, their1 N- 1 HN-|H, victory1
H | H |Mm H |NH (N) J1 N H| N|JU J, |N H H |8 J,
Jl U| l J H J| |H (HN) Jvv
The speech without Almightys Name is of no use.
Guru Ji says victory in both worlds (Lok this world & Perlok next world) for those who
are immersed in Almightys Name.

N ; H |Um H|U v
HN HN| ; H|8 J HH|U v
U m:- -, perfect1 -, from1 H|U-HlU J1 H8-|H8, definately1
J-|JU, remain1 HH|U-HH N, immersed1
Nl H |Um HlU J m |Hl N |HM J, J HN (|HM) U|
HN| |8 |H8 J| HHU |JU J1
Almightys Name is obtainable from the Perfect Guru.
Those who have met the perfect Guru remains immersed in Almighty which means that they
attain the union with Almighty, means that such fortunate ones are always one with
Almighty.


J H|J HN| HU ; H|mH| |m 8| v
N N H|U H H| H| ; H U H Um v
U m:- J H|J-l (twelve) |8, HN|ml U l , 12 sects of Yogis1
HU-HU J, MU J, wander in llusion1 H|mH|-|mN|, ascetic1 |m
8|-(6)+8(4)=UH (10), six + four=101 H| H|-m NN H, dead from
the sense of ego1 H-J, they1 H Um-HN| U Um |Nm, door of
salvation means divine knowledge1
l l |8 H|Um HN| m H|mH| UH l |8 HU J1 N U UH
NN H H| H| M H J, J HN| U Um |Nm (H Um)
NU J1 UN|ml U l UH 8N J1
H|mH|ml U UH H:-
9. || 7. mHH|
. | 0. m|
. |N| . |
?. HN c. HH|
c. | 9O. |
The mammon (maya) illusion has caused the Yogis to wander in twelve sects and the
Sanyiasi (solitarians) in 10 sects (Chi-six and Char-four).
Through Gurus sermons those who has died from self-existence obtains knowledge means
that those who realises that the self-existence is merely created from illusions of false world
which disappears when the true knowledge is obtained.
10 Names of Sanyiasi;

1. Tirathi 2. Aashermi
3. Beni 4. Arangni
5. Giri 6. Perbeti
7. Sagar 8. Suraswati
9. Puri 10. Bharti


| HU H| UH MN ; UJ |U |8| v
U m:- | HU-|l N UH , without Gurus sermons1 UH-U ,
doubt1 |U-|JU |8, heart1
|l N UH U H MN U (U|) |8 MN J1 J H! m |JU |8 |8
N U M1
Without Gurus sermons all are attached with duality therefore dear saints contemplate this
fact within your heart.

N K H KN| ; |H| H8 |m | v0v
U m:- KN|-K N M, fortunate ones1 H8-H8 H, True Name1 -
|JU, heart1 |- N|, embrace1
N H| N|JU J J J| NF NN K J m J J| KN| J, |Hl H8 H
|JU |8 |m Jv0v
Guru Ji says that those are great because of their virtues and fortunate are those who has
permenantly embrace (clasp) the True Name within their heart.

NH| ; MJ |M M|U v
NH| ; H|U v
U m:- -N, jewel but here refers to asceticism as a jewel1 MJ- N,
obtain1 |M-|UN H ||, focussed concentration1 -F, U| ,
examine to determine the false and true1 H|U-H|N J|, naturally1
NH J| N () N HH U H |8 |M M N U J m NH
HN J| HH U J1
Gurmukh are the ones who practices asceticism (Vairagi- freedom from worldly desires) and
consistently concentrate on Almightys Name means that they stay unattached to the worldly
possession.
Gurmukh recognises the value of the Almighty liked jewel naturally means that the worth of
Almighty can only be known to the ones who has surrendered everything (body, mind and
wealth) which then comes naturally without any medium.


NH| ; H8| N NH|U v
NH| ; H8 H |m|U v
U m:- H8| N-N| NH, the deed of meditation1 NH|U-NHU J,
earn1 |m|U-H, faith1
NH N| H8| N NHU J1 NHl U H8 |8 H NN H
(|m|U) J1
Gurmukh practices the truthful deeds such as meditation.
Gurmukhs mind has been fully pleased (agreed) with Almighty. Note: Mind is made of
thoughts and when the thoughts are filled with Almightys Name then the mind, which was a
barrier, becomes the medium to attain union with Almighty.

NH| ; mM MU |H v
N , NH| ; 8 vv
U m:- mM-HH, beyond knowledge1 MU-H, show means make others to
see1 -U, pleases1 8-HHl U| H, massenger of deaths stroke1
|HH 8J NH H HH (mM) U| H |UU J1 N H| N|JU J, |N
NH HHl U| 8 J| lUvv
Whoever Gurmukh pleases upon makes him to see Almighty as well. Gurmukhs are capable
of making others to know Almighty.
Guru Ji says that Gurmukh never suffers stroke from the angel of death. Gurmukh has attain a
state in which Almighty is seen to manifest everywhere therefore the death does not come to
them as they are beyond the physical body (Sethul), astral body (sukshem) and causal body
(karan).

NH| ; H U |UH v
NH| ; MN HJ|H |m v
U m:- U-|HH, offerings1 |m-||, concentration1
NH H HU J, U |UU J m |UH (H m H| U) NU J1 |UH
M NHl U HH (HJ|H) |8 |m MNU J1
Gurmukh recites Almightys name (Nam), offers donations (time, knowledge & wealth)
(Dhan) and maintain purity (body and mind - ,Ishnaan).
Gurmukhs concerntration always remain focus in Almighty.

NH| ; UNJ H v
NH| ; H v
U m:- UNJ- U| UNJ, Almightys court1 H-|UH, H|N, honour1
-K, fear1 H-H, perishes1 -H|, leader1
NH U| UNJ |8 H U J m NH K () U H (H) N
|8 H| J, HH H U| || H |UJl J| JU| Jv
Gurmukh receives honour in Almightys court.
Gurmukh leads in vanishing fear means that mainly the cycle of birth and death ends in the
leadership of Gurmukh.

NH| ; NF| N NU v
N NH| ; H|M |HMU vv
U m:- NF|-H N|, noble deed1 N-NH, NH, task1 NU-NU J,
make others to do1 HM |HMU-HM |8 HMU J, unite in union1
NH H|NmHml H N| U| N NU J1 N H| N|JU J, |N NH
|JN U HM |8 |HM |UU Jvv
Gurmukh makes the ones who are interasted to learn and practice faith (Jegiasu) to practice
the righteous deeds.
Guru Ji says Gurmukh unites others in the Almightys union.

NH| ; HH |H|H| U v
NH| ; W| W| U v
U m:- HH-|JU H |H U N, six (6) Shasteras of Hindunism1
|H|H|-|JU H U 7? N, twenty-seven (27) Simirities1 U-|Nm, |JU H U
8 N, four (4) Vedas1 U-, H, secret, findings1
NHl HH , |HH| 7?, U 0, |Ul H U |Hl HF |Mm J, N U
JNH |8 8MF J| NH MU| U HHl |H|H|ml U |Nm J1 H W W |8
|mN HH J, H U NH| U J1
Gurmukh has mastered all the principals of divine knowledge such as in six Shastras, twenty-
seven Simirits and the four Vedas.
Gurmukh obtains the secret of Almighty who resides invisibly within each of his creation.

NH| ; | N v
NH| ; HNM| NF |H v
U m:- N-NU J, disregard, neglect, affaces1 HNM|-H|, completely1
NF-|NF|, count1 |H-|H |UU J1
H l J | H J, |UH NH NU J1 NH NHl U| H|
|NF| |H |UU J1
Gurmukh disregards the new (Vear) and old (Virodh) enmity means that once Gurmukh sees
Almighty within all then the creation is observed as Almighty himself therefore all the
enmity disappears.
Gurmukh vanishes the complete count of the deeds (karam) means that Gurmukhs abandons
the creatorship within himself and live in Almightys Will therefore all the previous
accumulated deeds (Senchit Karam) perishes away and the assigned deeds for this lifetime
(Pralbhad Karam) is completed in this life time without creating new deeds (Kiriaman
Karam). The count of deeds (karam) remains until the ego is remains.

NH| ; H H |N v
N , NH| ; HH v?v
U m:- |N-N, coloured, to be equal1 -|m, |Nm, absorbed1 HH-
| HH, master1 -|Fm, recognised1
NHl U H H H U N |8 |Nm J1 N H| N|JU J, NHl mF
HH| |JN |Fm Jv?v
Gurmukhs mind is completely filled with Almightys love.
Guru Ji says that Gurmukh has recognised Almighty as their master.


| N ; H m H|U v
| N ; WM U| |U v
U m:- H-HU, wander1 m H|U-mU (come), HlU (go, depart), HHU
(birth) HU (death)1 WM-|HJ, NHU|, strive1 U|-J| U|1 |U-l, in
place1
H| N U| | |l H |8 HHU HU (m H|U) J1 N |l NHU| l J|
U|1

H N U H:
9. U H - H J mH J J, N U J - |H |H U U
- |H H U U
- |H |UH U U
- |H JH U U
- H |H U U
7. N H mF m N N HF1
. HN H - H mH mHN J, H H| U HN H MF1
0. N H - mH |UN H J, m'K m'K UMU|ml mHl |8 H
MF1
. H - JH U HN H' J, m HH JH H| J H HH | H|
J1 HN J| HF1
HU N U| |N Um JH |8 M H N U H H J H l H|-
mH mF| HN mH |8 H| J HlU J1
Without attainment (embracing) of the Guru, this jeev (being) comes by birth and goes by
death repeatedly because of illusions (Bharam means to have misperception about the reality
behind the visibility and mind conclusions).


Five types of illusions:
1. Difference (Bhed) Illusion - I am merely the physical body and different
from real-self (Atma), there are further five
types of this illusion.
a. The difference between movable creation.
b. The difference between movable and immovable
creation.
c. The difference between being and creator (Ishwar)
d. The difference between beings and Almighty.
e. The difference between immovable and movable
creation.
2. Deeds (Kartat) Illusion - To recognise ownself as the creator and the
beneficiary.
3. Company (Sang) Illusion - The recognise the real-self as in the company
of the physical body whereas the real-self
never take birth with the body or neither dies with the
body.
4. Useless (Vekar) Illusions - To recognise real-self (Atma) in changing
state (e.g. infant, baby, teenager, youth, old)
whereas real-self is always in consistent state.
5. Principal (Tathve) Illusion - To recognise the world as the truth instead of
Almighty whereas the world is also the form of
Almighty if one realises Almighty within his
creation.
With Guru Jis blessing the above five types of illusions can be vanished and then the living
being obtains salvation.

Without the Guru all the earned merits through voluntary service performed will never be
accounted (becomes useless) means that all the service performed without a Guru will only
increase the ego whereby the all merits will just dissolve in the fire of ego. Guru guides
towards self-less service.


| N ; Hm m| KM|U v
| N ; || J| | |U v
U m:- Hm-H, mind1 m|-J |HmU, m|m, excessively, overly1
KM|U-KMU J, unstable1 ||-HU, contented1 |-H|J, poison1
|l N H m|m KMU J m N |l ||Hml lU || J| JU1
Without the Guru, the mind becomes greatly unstable which means the mind imagines
happiness in wealth and work hard to earn but upon the accomplishment of wealth more
pains comes along which is never ending as one comes after the other.
Without the Guru, jeev (being) never becomes contented (Tripete- satisfy) even after
fulfilling all the intended worldly desires as the human taste always increases proportionally
to the level of satisfaction and mind gets bored after having the same desire fulfilled
repeatedly moreover all the desire leaves behind some side-effects which becomes the cause
of pains.

| N ; |H|m KH H| v
N , N | ; W W vcv
U m:- |H|m-H, snake1 KH-KHU J, NU J, bite1 H|-H HlU J,
dies1 -H, path1 W-W J|, losses1 W-W J, losses1
N |l NM H (|H|m) KHU J m HH (H|) U| |8 m
|8M H HlU J, NU| |U J| JU| J1 N H| N|JU J, N |l W
J| W Jvcv
Without the Guru, death liked snake bites and kills while proceeding on the way of Yama
(angel of death) means that the death kills midst of all worldly activities therefore the human
wishes remains unaccomplished. The unaccomplished desires becomes the cause of the next
birth.
Guru Ji says, without Guru, jeev (being) is always a looser because jeev (being) perform
unnecessary deeds and waste all the capital of breath given for this lifetime. The physical
materials earned to fulfil the self-created desires remains in this world and one dies with all
the accountability of sins committed while earning worldly possessions. Therefore, without
taking along any physical worldly material including the body the jeev (being) proceeds to
the next world and pays for the misdeeds. This is a great loss (total investment disaster) as
one should have realised the truth instead of the imaginary world.


|HH N |HM ; |H | v
mNF H ; N|F |H v
|HH N |HMU J, H U J m H U mNFl H N NF U N
U J1
U m:- |-, across1 -U J, ferry1 mNF-mNF, demerits1
H-H N, vanish1 |H-U J, liberate1
Only those are ferried across this materialistic worldly ocean that embraces a Guru means
this worldly ocean can only be acrossed with Guru Jis blessings.
Guru Ji ferries across the worldly ocean by vanishing all demerits and replacing them with
virtues.

HN| HJ H ; N HU |8| v
NH| ; NU m J| v
U m:- HJ-K, HJ, immense1
Nl U HU |8 |8 HJl H HN| JU| J1 NHl NU| | J J|
mU|1
Through contemplating Gurus hymn great happiness (salvation) is obtained.
Gurmukh never ever faces defeat means that while in this world and as well as the next world
Gurmukh remains victories by realising and practicing the truth.

J| ; |UJ H FH v
N ; HJH H8 vcv
U m:- -H|, body1 J|-J|, shop1 FH-|, trader1 HJH-
H|N J|, naturally1 H8-H8 H, True Name1 -, trading1
H| l J| FU| J m H |UH |8 FH F|Um J1 N H| N|JU J,
|UH J| |8 NHl HN J| H8 H N N| Jvcv
This physical body is just like a shop in which the mind is the trader, Guru Ji says that
Gurmukh has trade the true Name of Almighty during the entire life time.


NH| ; l|U H | v
MN M| ; U H v
U m:- l|U-|m, built1 H-M, bridge1 |-NH M U, HH,
the bestower of the returns of deeds1 M|-M|, looted1 U-H, demon1 H-
H, U|, torture1
NHl HH HHU U | U H HF M |m J1 UJ
m|Um MN M| J1 |UH |8 H NH|UN |N U H| J H N| J1
MN - U| NJ |HW Um |8 HJNH mH :-
H. ... |HJMU| ... m H U| |U|JH |H H|, |UJ |HNH N U
|JF MU| HJ | 8| H|1 F N J N mF| H| FU|1 |UH
U H HF| | J1 MN N H N |Um. ( N|)
Gurmukh build a bridge across the materialistic worldly ocean by reciting Almightys Name
to enable others to cross easily which means that they have set an example through their
practical life to motivate others in doing the same.
The ignorance form of Langka (which was build with Gold) is robbed in which all the
demons such as lust, anger, greed, attachment and ego are vanished (annihilate).
Langka (Mahan Kosh by Bhai Kahan Singh Nabha)
The capital of Sinheldeep (Sangladeep) which was made by Vishwakarma for the use of
Kubeer as his residence city. Ravan took over the city from kubeer and made his countrys
capital. It is also known as Tamerperni.


H8|U , H|U ; m|J F v
U |F ; NH| 8|UF v
U m:- H8|U-H 8U, Ram Chander1 m|J-JN, ego1 U-H, secret1
|F-F U U|, Bhebhikhen (Ravans younger brother)1 8|UF-UHF NN,
UH NN, told through sermons1
JN (m|J) F H8U H NN H|m J1
H: |NH l H|m J!
': N H H J H | F N |l U U 8 (8|UF) UHF NN
H|m J1
H F H|m (m|J) J, NH| | | U U U 8 (8|UF)
|HH M NHl H HF U U U|Hm l H JN F H
|U1
Ego form of Ravan is killed by Almightys name form of Ram Chander.
Question : How Ravan (ego) was killed?
Answer : The supreme Guru form of Bebhikhen told the method to defeat Ravan (ego).
Ram (Almightys Name) could killed Ravan (Ego) because of the method disclosed (told) by
Bebhikhen (Guru, Gurmukh)
The Ram Chand of the mind slays the Rawan of pride and through the Guru is realised the
secret, which Babhikhan disclosed.


NH| ; H|U| JF v
NH| ; N| |H v0Ov
U m:- H|U|-HN, HH HHU, ocean1 JF-, rock, stone1 N|
|H-| N, 33 Cror =330 million1 -, ferried1
NHl HH HHU lN N m l NN H| J1 NHl
mN |H N H| Jv0Ov
Nl Um H (|) M U HHU ' M |ml J m MN M| J U
H N| J m Nl U J| H H| HHU lN N H| J1
Nl U J| |H N U F U| m| HN N| J1
Gurmukh has floated stone form of sinners who ever had weight of sins over the materialistic
worldly ocean
Gurmukh even ferried across 330 million (33crores- 10million=1Crores) deities (devta)
across the materialistic worldly ocean.
Through Guru, Ram made a bridge over the ocean and looted the Langka whereby all the
demons were annoyed, Through Guru, Ram floated stones on the ocean surface and through
Guru 330 million deities (Devta) were freed from the Ravans command.

NH| ; 8N mF HF v
NH| ; UNJ HF v
U m:- 8N-U, ended1 HF-|UH, H|N, honour1
NHl U mF HF U (8N) JU J1 NH| U| UNJ |8 HF U J1
Gurmukhs coming by birth and going by death has been ended.
Gurmukh receives honour in Almightys court.

NH| ; F v
NH| ; MN HJ|H |m v
U m:- -H, fake, imitation1 -8N, genuine1
NHl U| F J m NHl U H|JH U |8 |m MNU J1
Gurmukh has the ability to differentiate between the genuine (Khera) and artificial (Khota-
fake) means that Gurmukh is able to see Almighty the ultimate truth within the artificial
world created by the mind.
Gurmukhs concentration is naturally focussed in the state of bliss (Sehaj means Almighty).

NH| ; UNJ |H| HH|U v
N NH| ; |U v09v
U m:- UNJ-HH U| UNJ, MN, Almightys Court1 -, bondage1
NHl U| |H HH U| UNJ MN |8 HH J|, J J| J1 N H| N|JU
J, NHl NU| J| U v09v
The praise of Gurmukh remains immersed in Almightys court means that Gurmukhs are
being praised in Almightys court.
Guru Ji says that Gurmukh is never indulge in any worldly bondage. ]

NH| ; H |H U v
NH| ; JH H|U HMU v
U m:- |H-H|Um |J HH, free from Maya means Almighty1 H|U-
UH, sermon1 HMU-HU, HMU, burn1
NH HH U H U J m NH HU NN JH HMU J1
Gurmukh obtained the name of the Almighty who is free from Maya (Nir-without + Anjan-
spot of Maya).
Gurmukh burns ego with Gurus hymn.

NH| ; H8 N NF NU v
NH| ; H8 J HHU v
U m:- H8-|JN, true (Almighty)1 HH|U-HHU, M|, immerse1
NH |JN (H8) U NF NU J1 |UH NN NH |JN (H8) |8 HHU
|JU J1
Gurmukh sings Almightys praises therefore Gurmukh remains immersed in Almighty
(Sache - True One).

NH| H|8 |H ; | H J|U v
N NH| ; HNM F N| H| J|U v07v
U m:- |-|UH, H|N, honour1 H-HH, supreme1 HNM-H, H,
complete1 F-JHK, universe1 H|-HFN|, |Nm, realisation1
NHl U| H8 H NN HH JU| J1 N H| N|JU J, NHl H8 H NN
H l U| H| JU| Jv07v
Through the True Name (Almightys name), Gurmukhs dignity becomes most supreme.
Guru Ji says that Gurmukh obtain the consciousness of all places means that Gurmukh has
acknowledged Almighty as the creator and destroyer as well.

NF HM ; NF H| M v
NF N ; |HH N 8M v
U m:- NF-|NJ!, which1 HM-H, principal1 H|-H, faith1 M-HHl,
time1
N H| N|JU J, J |H M |N J MN! H| HF,
H 0 - H H U HM |NJ J!
H 0? - H U| | U M |NJ J!
H 0c - |HH U 8M J, J N NF J!
Guru Ji says that those Sidhas said Dear Child listen,
Question No. 46: What is the principal of supreme faith?
Question No. 47: What is the time of attaining such faith?
Question No. 48: Who is the Guru to whom you are the disciple?

NF N M ; JJ |M v
M N ; HFJ H M v
U m:- N-, discourse1 M-NN, MN, take1 JJ-|JU J, stay1
|M-|M, , detached1 M-J MN!, child1
H 0c - |NJ| N MN m HH NN |M |JU J!
N H| N|JU J, J |H M |N J MN! H| HF,
Question No. 49: Which is the discourse upon understanding which you remain detached
from the worldly affairs? Guru Ji says that those Sidhas said Dear Child listen;

UH N N U|U |8 v
HM H|U MWFJ v0v
U m:- UH-|UH, this1 U|U-U, both1 HM-HH HHU, worldly ocean1
MWFJ- N J, captain who ferries across1
H O - |UH N U |8 UJ |N HM N J (MWFJ) |NJ
HU J!v0v
Question No. 50 - Explain the description of such discourse which gives the particular hymn
(sermon) to ferry across this materialistic worldly ocean?

m ; H|N H| M v
HU N ; H| | 8M v
U m:- -F, HH, air, breath1 m-H, begining1 H|-H, faith1
H|-HH |m, supreme1 |-|, tune1
' 0 - H NF U m HHl H HF |8 Hl H m N| J, J
'H H | U HM J1
' 0? - HU H|Nl U |HM J|Um J, J H H| | U M J1
' 0c - HH (HU) J| H N J1 HH | (H|) NN HH U H
U| | MNU| J, |UH NN H H U 8M Jl1
Answer No. 46 - The principal of supreme faith is to stop the desires and to merge the breath
with continuous recitation of Almightys Name.
Answer No. 47 - Meeting the True Guru (Satguru) is the moment of attaining supreme faith.
Answer No. 48 - Almighty (Shabad) is the Guru and reciting Almightys Name in a
consistent tune with pure love made me his (Almighty) disciple. This can also mean that the
hymn (shabad) is the Guru and upon which the concentration (surat) attached is the disciple,
Guru Ji has clearly indicated that even in his physical form that ultimately the hymn (shabad)
is the Guru and Sikh is the concentration with totally immersed in the hymn.


mN N M ; J |M v
N ; H|N H|N N NM v
U m:- mN-N |J , beyond description1 |M-mHN, |M,
independant1 H|N H|N-H HNl |8, in all ages1 NM-|HH| U| MF N M
, the universal sustainer1
' 0c - mN U| N MN H HH |M |JU Jl1 N H| N|JU J,
HN HN |8 H N NM J| J1
Answer No. 49: The understanding of the discourse (katha) of unutterable (Akath means
Almighty) is how I remain detached from the worldly affairs.

UN HU ; |H N |8| v
NH| ; JH mN| || v00v
U m:- |H-|HH , who1 |8|-|8| J, ponder1 mN|-mN, fire1 ||-
H N||, extinguish1
' O - |UN (UN) N UH J| J, |HH U| N |8 (|8|) M NHl
JH mN| H N|| J1 |UJ N H|U |UH N HM MWJ Jv00v
Hv
Answer No. 50: The discourse of Gurus sermons and with its contemplation Gurmukh has
put off the fire of ego, this is how the Gurus hymn ferries across materialistic worldly ocean.

HF N U ; |N U|m H v
|H N H|U ; H NF mJ v
U m:- HF-HH, wax1 U-UU, teeth1 |N-|N!, how1 H-MJ, iron1
|H-|HH M, with the aid of1 N-mJN, ego1 H|U-8|Mm H, go1 mJ-
H, N, food1
H 9 - HH (HF) U UUl NN MJ (H) |N |Um H!
H 7 - |HH NN JN 8|Mm H J |NJ H J!
Question No. 51: How would iron be chewed with teeth made of wax?
Question No. 52: Which food is to be consumed in order for ego to disappear?


|J N W HU ; mN| |J v
U m:- |J-, ice1 mN|-mN, fire1 |J-8M, robe1
H - (|J) | Hl| U W U| |NH l | J!
H 0 - mN| U 8M (|J) |N U J!
Question No. 53: How can one obtain the house and palace of ice (peace)?
Question No. 54: How can one discard the robe of fire?

N N ; |H J mJ v
U m:- N-|NJ|, which1 N-HN, N|m, cave1 mJ-|UH|, dwell1
H - J |NJ| N J, |HH |8 |UH| J N mF HF |J J!
Question No. 55: Which is the cave, abiding in which the being (jeev) is freed from the cycle
of reincarnation.

|U ; |NH N H|F HH v
N |m ; H H|J HH v0v
U m:- |U -|U (here) (there), MN (this world) MN (next world)1 |NH
N-|NH , who1 HH-HH|Um, merged1 H-H, mind1 H|J-mH, Atma
(real-self)1
H - MN MN (|U ) |NH HH|Um H|Fm H!
H ? - J |NJ |m J |HH NN |UJ H mH (H|J) |8 HH,
|UJ H H H HH |8 HH!v0v
N H| U |ml |8 ' |UU J:-
Question No. 56: Who should be known as pervading in this world and the next world?
Question No. 57: Which is the concentration by which the mind merges (immerses) in real-
self (Atma)?
Guru Ji answers the following two Pauris.


J J H H ; |8J v
UH H ; UN J v
U m:- J J, H H-H, H|, self-conceit, ego1 UH-U , doubt1 UN-
UN, union1
' - HU H| (J J H H |8J ) mF H |8 J HH H H| U
N U m U (UH) H NN |UN J H, U |UH UN N |8
|U|H |JU J1
Answer No. 55: When jeev abandons the self-created conceit, existence and ego from the
real-self (Atma), the attachments and duality perishes away and being (jeev) merges in
Almighty as one form. Note: The existence of being (jeev) is created by self-conceit which
clings for many births, in reality there is no being (jeev) but it perceives so real due to the
ignorance.
This is how the jeev abides in unity form of cave permenantly (which is free from the cycle
of reincarnation).

HN N ; HH N v
HU NHU|m ; U|m H v
U m:- N-H, tough1 N-NM, H, foolish1 NHU|m-NHU| N|U,
earn1 H-MJ, iron1
' 9 - HH Nl MU| HN MJ U| l N J |J J1 H Nl U HU
NHU|U l MJ (H) U HH N HH |Um H HN|U J1 H HH MJ
U| l H J, N U HU NHF HH U UU J, |UJl M HN MJ
HlU J1
Answer No. 51: This world becomes hard (difficult) just like an iron for the fool ones who
only listens to their mind (Manmukh) however if one practices Gurus hymns then this same
world can be chewed (overpowered) easily with teeth (physical body) made of wax
(strengthless).
The core idea is that although the physical world seems to be unbeatable (defeatless) with all
the unique creation and borderless desires which are beyond description but with Gurus
hymn one is able to win over all the worldly temptations bodily and mindly.


m| J| ; UN HF v
N mN| H ; H|N N F v0v
U m:- m|-mHU, within1 UN-|UN HH, only one (Almighty)1 HF-
HH, understand1 F-H M, Will1
' - mU J |UN HH|Um HF1
' ? - H|Nl U F HF |m M |H mN| H HlU| Jv0v
Answer No. 56: There if only one Almighty within the body and outside of the body (world
and the next world).
Answer No. 57: Leaving in the True Gurus will (bhana) which puts off the fire of greed
thereafter the concentration of the mind is attained and finally the jeev (who recognise
himself as a separate identity) immerses in real-self (Atma) which is the Almightys form
within.

H8 ; N | v
UN H ; HU |8 v
U m:- -K, fear1
' 7 - H8 U |8 |m J m |UN HU |8, |UN
HF, |UH H M JN || JU| J1
Answer No. 52: One who is engrossed (immersed) in the Almightys fear and contemplates
on the Gurus hymn (shabad) thereafter recognises only one (Almighty), this is the food to be
consume in order to vanish ego.

HU H ; H8 m| J|m v
H H|M ; |N N|m v
U m:- J|m-|JU, heart1 H|M-, cool1 |N- U N |8, colour1
N|ml-|Nm J|Um, coloured1
' - H8 HU |JU U mU H l H H|M J HlU J1 |UH N |8
|Nm J|Um H| HHl (|J W) |8 |U|H| JU J1
Answer No. 53: The mind and body becomes peaceful when the True hymn abides within the
heart (remember the name with every breath), jeev then is obsorbed in Almightys love this
way jeev finds its permenant dwelling in Almighty (ice house means house of peace).


NH N ; | mN| | v
N ; U| U| |m v0?v
U m:- |-H|J, poison1 |-U N, discard1 U|-|HJ N M ,
the One with the sight of mercy (Almighty)1 U|-|HJ NN, sight of mercy1
' 0. J |m! NH N H ||Hml U| mN| H M| J, |JN mF|
|HJ (U|) NN |UH | l mN| U 8M U JU Jv0?v
|H U H:-
Answer No. 54: The beloveds sight vanishes deadly poisonous fire form of lust and anger
this is how one can one discard the dress of fire. Question from the sidhas;

N H| 8U ; |J W |Um v
N H| HH ; |Um v
U m:- H|-Um, door1 |J-, H| U W, ice1 -U J, NHU
J, heat1
H c - 8U H Hl| U W J, J N|J U Um |Um J!
H c - J |NJ Um J, |HH NN |Nm HH N|Hm J|Um HU
m|Um |UH |8 H (NH) U m|Nm mN |H H!
Question No. 58: Where does the Moon (house of peace form of Satogun) illuminates?
Question No. 59: Which is the door faces towards the sun form of knowledge illuminates to
vanish the darkness night of ignorance?

N H| ; NM HJ | J v
N | ; NH| | J v
U m:- HJ-NU, see, observe1 |-J H, everytime1 |-|, intellect1
|-|UH, honour1
H O - |NJ Um NM | J| UU J|U HH U W |Um |NH
Um HF!
H 9 - J |NJ| | J, |HH NN NHl U| |UH (|) |JU| J!
Question No. 60: Through what enables one to see death all the time which means how can
one know the limitless of time?
Question No. 61: What is the intellect by which Gurmukhs dignity is remained?

N H ; H NM HW v
M F| ; N |8 v0cv
U m:- H-HH1 HW-H, H N1
H 7 - J |NJ HH (H) J, H NM HU (HW) J!
N H| N|JU J, |N |UH |8 U| F| |H Mv0cv
N H| U ':-
Question No. 62: Who is such a worrior who is able to kill the death?
Guru Ji says that the sidhas uttered such words after contemplating.
Guru Ji answers;

HU ; H|H H| m v
U m:- -8, utter1 H|H-HNF 8UH, moon1
' c - N UH (HU) H J, H U 8 () M HNF 8UH U|
m H JU| J1
Answer No. 58: By uttering the Gurus sermons, Satogun (one of the maya character which
has calmness, peace & meditation) form of moons unmeasurable illumination is obtained in
the mind.

H|H W| H H ; |H m|m v
U m:- H-HH, sun1 m|m-J, darkness1 |H- perishes1
' c - N Um H NF (H|H W|) H|J |JU |8 |Nm HH HU
HU J, U m|Nm J |H HlU J1
Answer No. 59: Through a Guru, a heart with Satogun is illuminated with the Sun liked
knowledge then the darkness of ignorance disappears.


H U HH N| ; H m v
U m:- H-HH, equally1 m-mH, support1
' O - H U m N M H U HH N HF M H| | NM
UU |JU J, |HH HH U m|U | JU J, H HH Jl HJHl
m| HF N H U HH HJU J|Um J HN J| NU J1
Answer No. 60: With the support of Almightys Name, the happiness and sadness are
acknowledged equally and remembers death at all times which means that whenever pains
comes in life the Saint accepts them as temporary therefore happiness and sadness are equally
accepted with a constant state of mind.

m ; | FJ v
' 9 - J| m HH HHU NJ J1 |UH |H8 mHN | NN
NHl U| |JU| J1
Answer No. 61: Gurmukhs dignity is remained by the undoubtful faith (Nishcha) and inner-
self (Atmak) intellect by which Almighty himself ferries Gurmukh across the materialistic
worldly ocean

N 8 ; H H|8 HH|U v
F| N ; NM |U v0cv
U m:- 8-UH, sermons1 F|-N, utterance1
' 7 - Nl U UH (8) NN H H H8 |8 HH, N H| N|JU J H
NM J| lU J, HH H |J J HU Jv0cv
N H| |Hl U| | N|JU J:-
Answer No. 62: The mind which immerses in the truth (Almighty) through Gurus guidance
is able to kill the death (death will never consume them) which means they are without any
further birth and death.
Guru Ji explains the principal in the following Pauri.


H ; H J| |H| H v
| ; U NM H v
H J| H H Hl |8 |HHF| (|H|) HF|U J1 | H NM U U
HU J1
U m:- -H, pincipal1 H-HF|U J, known1 H-HU J, afflicts1
Almightys Name is the essence of all practices and known as the supreme method.
Without Almightys Name, the pain the death afflicts the jeev (being).

|HM ; H H v
UH H|U ; |UN W| m v
U m:- -H H |81 H-H1 |UN-UN1 m-m, |Mm1
HU Nl U H H |8 H (H) U U|H H H ( ) |
|mN N M M N mU JU J1 |UH | M U (UH) HlU| J m H
UN U W |8 |Mm1
H . J |UN NF J!
N H| U ':-
When the Gurus mantra (transcendental chant) is believed full heartedly then the principal
elements of Ishwer (Almightys form in this physical world) and jeev (the one separated by
acknowledging himself as different identity from Almighty) is merged together which then
turns into common form by abandoning the intellectual contemplation based on physical
logic. In this manner duality disappears and mind comes in unity with Almighty.
Question No. 63: Who is the united form?
Guru Ji answers;


M ; NN NH v
N ; |J8M |HMF HJH vOv
U m:- -J, wind, air1 NN-mNH, sky1 |J8M-|, N|UH, still1
' - |HH U| H N J MU| J m mNH NHU J, N H| N|JU J
H |H8M |Nm (HJH) NN |HMF JU JvOv
|H |8UNH (NN) U M|Um HU (NH) NU| J1
Answer No. 63: With the powers of whom air is able to speak and clouds sounds, Guru Ji
says that such form can only be met through knowledge just like the sky makes the air to
produce sound.

m| H J| H ; |F H HH v
U m:- H-m, thoughtless state, zero1 |F-|H F, third state1 HH-
8, animated form means Almighty1
J H (m|) |8 | J H J m HN|Uml (J|) | H J1 |F
|H F H H| J, H |8 | H J| J1 H H NJ|U l | HN 8 |N
J, |UH N|JU J, J 8 (HH) | J1
UH m:- H |8 (m|) m HN|Uml (J|) |H H mH (|)
H| J, |UJ | mH (H) 8N J1 H NJ |UJl NHU NF J! |U
N|JU J, 8 (HH) m J | HU H mNH m|UN
|8 m 8 (H) J| 8 J1
In the Supan (Sub-conscious where dreams are seen) state, Jagart (Conscious) state and
Sekopat (Unconscious where nothing exists) state Almighty prevails in Sune (zero /
thoughtless state), however if Almighty is in zero (thoughtless) state then how did the
creation came into existence? Guru Ji says further that Almighty at same time is in the form
of Masune (Chetan-animate state).
Second Meaning: Supan (Antar-inside), Jagart (Bahar-outside) and Sekopat (Tirbhawan-the
third place), all these three are empty (lifeless) and then question arises who is the life for all
the three? Guru Ji says Masune (Chetan-animate means Almighty) is the life of all.
Therefore inside, outside and in all three places like cultivated, uncultivated and skies
Almighty prevails in Sune state (state of thoughtless and spaceless) means Almighty is the
form of animation who animates the whole creations.


8 H H HF ; N v
U m:- 8-8 |m U, the fourth state1 -, merits1
| mH U mN m 8 |m U H HF, H U M J|
MNU J1
The one who realise the fourth, who is the witness (Sakhi Roop) of all the three states (Jagart,
Supan and Sekopat) in thoughtless (Afur) will never be even touched by sins and merits;
which means that the one who goes beyond the three states will be awaken in the fourth state
where Almighty prevails himself therefore the one unites with Almighty and vanished his
existence as well as the creatorship of deeds by which sins and merits are created.

W| W| H N ; HF v
m|U ; |H U v
U m:- -U, secret1 -|mN, omnipresent1 U-NH H HH,
the form of illumination means Almighty1
Wl Wl |8 H U U H HF, J m|U m H|Um |J NH H H
|8 |mN () UU J1 |U H H m HH U J1
The one who discovers the secret of Almighty (Sune) who prevails within his complete
creation (within every heart), sees Almighty who existed before the entire creation (Aad-
Primal), omnipresent (Purakh) and free from maya (Nir-without & Anjan-dark spot means
Maya) manifested form of Almighty within all

H H ; H |H v
N ; HU| | v9v
U m:- H-, the one1 -|Nm J, immersed1 HU|-J|, the one1
|-HH, the who writes the fate (Almighty)1
N H| N|JU J, H |H U H |8 |Nm J|Um J, J HH (|)
U H Jv9v
|H H NU J:-
Guru Ji says that one who immerses in Almightys (Nir-without & Anjan-maya) Name,
becomes Almightys form.


H H ; NJ H NU| v
mJ H ; NJ JU| v
U m:- mJ-|UN H, in consistent state1 NJ-|N, where1 JU|- JU
J, obtained1
H 0- H H l H NU| N|JU J, J UN H (mJ) H |N JU J!
Question No. 64: Everyone says Sune (listen) to Sune (thoughtless Almightys tune) but from
where this ever-consistent or limitless (Anhat) Sune (Almightys existence within) is
obtained?

mJ H| ; H NH v
|HH H ; |H J| HH v
U m:- H-J, the1 NH-|N!, how1 H-U JU, originate1 |H-H,
that1 HH-N, akin1
H - UN H H (mJ) |8 H J, J |NJ |HJ J!
' - |HH H J, H J| N J, HH J| J1
Question No.65: How are those who are immersed in the ever-consistent (Anhat) Sune
(Almighty).
Answer No. 65: Those are just like their originator means that they are Almightys form.

U|U H|H H|J ; m|J H|J v
N ; NH| H HH|J v7v
U m:- U|U-J, they1 HH|J-HH|Um J, explain1
N H| N|JU J, |Hl Nl U H HH|Um J, J HH |8 m N
HHU J m J| H N HlU Jv7v
H H| | |8 mJ H |N | JU J, |UJ H N ' N|JU J1
Guru Ji says that those who have educated their mind through Guru Ji, will never come again
by birth and depart by death, therefore they obtained Almighty from Guru Ji.


H H ; UH v
J mJ H ; H|J v
U m:- H- Um, nine doors1 UH-UH, tenth1 -H1
' 0 - Ul N N UH Um |8 H Fl N, H mJU
U H H mU J1 Um ||Hml M |HH N J m
UH HH |8 || MNU| J, H mJ H|W () N
(H|J) J HlU J1
H| U UH:- U HNl, U N, U m'l, NU, |MN m HJ1

UH (9O) F J H| |8:-
9. F - H |U mH |8 |JU J1
7. m - H NU mH |8 |JU J1
. |m - H HH8 H| |8 |JU J1
0. |Um - H N mH |8 |JU J1
. HH - H | mH |8 |JU J1
. N - |HH NN KN U JU| J1
?. NH - |HH NN MU m U JU J1
c. |NNM - |HH NN |N m |mH U JU| J1
c. UU - |HH NN H| U JU| J1
9O.H - |HH NN H| MU (H ) J1

Answer No. 64: One who shuts the nine doors of this physical body (2 nasals, 2 ears, 2 eyes,
Mouth, Anus & urinal organ) and uplifts all the ten life-forces (Pran) to the tenth door, is able
to hear the unlimited tune or the tune which originates naturally without any instrument
(Anhad Dhun);
Second Meaning: The one who has blocked the concentration from indulging in ten evil
desires through the nine doors of physical body and focussed entirely on the tenth
(Almighty), the unlimited tune manifest instantly.


10 Life-forces (Pran)
1. Pran - Dwells in the heart
2. Apan - Dwells in the anus
3. Bian - Dwells in the whole body
4. Udiyan - Dwells in the throat
5. Seman - Dwells in the Navel (belly button)
6. Nag - Creates burb
7. Kuram - Creates eye flicker
8. Kirkal - Creates sneeze, hunger and thirst.
9. Devdat - Creates the yawn
10. Dhenijai - Creates the bloat in the body after death

H8 8 ; U| JH v
W| W| ; H8 |Jm v
U m:- 8-8, create1 JH-NM, H, near1 -, completely within
the entire creation1
H NM (JH) H8 N U N H8 |8 8 J, Jl W W |8 H8
J |J H|Fm J1
Those who sees Almighty to be the closest, immerses into the truth (Almighty).
They have undoubtfully believed that the truth (Almighty) exist completely within the
complete creation (within every heart).

N| ; F| N J|U v
N , | MU ; H8 H|U vv
U m:- N|-|, hidden1 |-examine, recognise1 H|U-J H1
| JU| (N|) H 8 HN| J, J NF| NN |HH N JU| J, N H|
N|JU J, J H H |JN (H8) H (|) MU Jvv
|Hl N|JU J1
Within whom the hidden animate (Chetan) power is manifested by the Gurus hymns.
Guru Ji says that such jeev (being) is able to recognise (know) Almighty.
Guru Ji utters principals in the following Pauris;

HJH |U |HM|m ; H J v
NH| HN ; |U H v
U m:- HJH |U-Hl Hm1 |U-m||Um U| |U1 H-HU1
Hl H|U |JN (HJH |U) |8 |HM|m H JU J1 H NH HN J, J
m|Um |U |8 J| HU J1
Those who meets Almighty naturally with love obtains happiness.
Once Gurmukh awakes in divine knowledge then he will never sleep in attachment and
ignorance again.

H HU ; m| v
NJ HN ; H|U |H v
U m:- m|-HH, beyond borders (Almighty)1 -U J, embrace1
NJ-UH, N|JU, say, utter1 |H-|H8 J| U J, liberate with assurance1
m (H) H HHl (m|) J, H N UH NN H U J, J m
l HN J m |Hl UH NU J, Jl | MU J1
Those who embraces the thoughtless (Sune or Afur) and beyond limits (Aperang-par)
Almighty through Gurus sermons; they themselves are liberated (Mukat) and they liberate
others by preaching the Gurus hymns therefore their audience goes across the materialistic
worldly ocean.

N N| U||m ; H H|8 v
N , m N|U ; |HMF J| v0v
U m:- U||m-|H|m, advise, teaching1 m N|U-m NU J,
self-sacrifice1 -NU, wander1
H H N U| U||m NN H8 |8 J, N H| N|JU J, Jl m
N|Um J, |JN JU J1 |UH NN Jl U |HM |8 NF J| J,
J |JN |8 mU JU Jv0v
Those who are immersed in the truth (Almighty) with Gurus teachings, Guru Ji says that
they have abandoned their self-belonging (Apaa-bhav) means that they become egoless,
therefore there is no doubt about their union with Almighty means that they are merged in
Almighy.

N| 8 ; H |N |U v
U m:- N|-| |, evil intellect1 8-chewed1 |U-place1
H - J |NJ mH J, |H | | (N|) (8) U
N!
Question No. 66: Which is the place, where the wicked intellect is lifted (destroyed or
chewed)?

|N ; 8 |U v
U m:- -F, HF, to know, realise, understand1 8-whip1 |U-bear1
H ? - HH |N J| U |UH NN HH U|ml 8l U J!
Question No. 67: Why this jeev do not realise the prime (Almighty) and bears the whips from
angel of death (Jam-doodth)?

HH U| ; N|U v
U m:- U|-Um, door1 -, tied1 -U, |m, protect1
H c - HH Um JU H| U| NU| |m J| NU, H U| |m |N
J!
Question No. 68: Who is able to protect this jeev when he is tied at the door of Yama (death
angel) where no one can ever rescue the jeev (being or mortal)?

| HU ; J| | H v
U m:- |-|UH, dignity1 H-H, honour1
H c - N UH |l (| HU) |UH (|) |UH MN |8 m MN |8
H |UH J| J1 | MN m MN |8 |NH l m J!
Question No. 69: How can one receive honour in this world and in the next world (after
death) where no one stands to support as witness, as one can never have honour without
Gurus sermons, so can one have honour?


|N N| ; v
N ; HH| N vv
U m:- |N-|N, how1 N|-NN1 -, HF, understand1 -HH
HHU , across1 HH|-H H U | U J, self-willed1 N-NM,
H, fool1
H ?O - |H N|JU J, J N H|! H HH NN H J| J| HHU J,
|NH N HH |HH M HH HHU J H!vv
Question No. 70: Sidhas said Dear Nanak Ji, how would an ignorant self-willed (Manmukh)
person who do not understand Almighty be able to realise Almighty and ferry across this
materialistic worldly ocean?

N| |H ; N HU |8| v
U m:- N|-| H, evil intellect1 |H-vanished1
' - N HU U |8 NN N| |H HlU| J1
Answer No. 66: The wicked intellect is lifted (destroyed) at the Gurus place by
contemplating Gurus hymn (shabad).

H|N H Um v
U m:- -|HM, meet, unite1 H Um-HN| U Um |Nm, door
liberation which means knowledge1
' ? - HU HNl M |HM () U HN| U Um (H Um) |Nm
U J, U HF MU J1 | 8l J| lU, U J| U J1
Answer No. 67: Upon meeting the True Guru, one attains divine knowledge means that one
understands the prime (Almighty) and then one will never bear the angel of deaths whipping
therefore one shall never bear pains.

8| HH H|M H|U v
U m:- -HM, prime1 8|-|J8FU, HFU, recognise1 H|M-H, burn1
' c - J| HFU, |UH NN HH HM HlU J, U| JU J1
Answer No. 68: The jeev bears pains while being tied at the door of death angels because he
is ignorant from the Prime (Almighty) therefore only the realisation of Almighty is the
saviour.

UH| || ; 8 |U v
U m:- UH|-| H, evil wit1 |U-lU, bear1
' c - | H NN ||m J|Um HH U|ml 8l lU J1
Answer No. 69: The evil wit (Durmat- the advice that saperates jeev and Almighty) is the
main cause of the separation with Almighty therefore one have to bear angel of deaths
whipping. Continue in the next line.

H JNH H NF |Nm v
U m:- H-H, obey1 |Nm-HFN|, knowledge1
HU N U JNH H U H N U NF m |Nm U| | JU| J1
One receives honour in both worlds by obeying Almightys command which then all the
virtues and knowledge is obtained.

N UNJ H vv
U m:- UNJ-HH U| UNJ, Almightys court1 H-|UH, honour1
' ?O - HU |Nm U| | J NU|, N H| N|JU J, U J U| UNJ
|8 |H (H) U J, HH |m JU| Jvv
Answer No. 70: Guru Ji says that when the divine knowledge is obtained only then one
receives honour in the Almightys court (the ignorance which causes one to become
Manmukh disappears) and protection is obtained from the death angels whereby one becomes
free from reincarnation.

H8 ; M J|U v
m| ; | H|U v
U m:- -HU, trade material1 M-M, NM, hem means in possession1 m|
-m U J1 |-Jl | U J1 H|U-J1
H8 H U HU m H |HH U M (M), mJN |8 J, J
m l J| J H|NmH | U J1
One who has trade material form of Almightys true name and wealth form of faith attached
(engrossed in Antahkaran); such person acrosses the materialistic worldly ocean and ferries
others as well.
Guru Ji explains that one should have Almightys Name and faith within mind, intellect,
memory and self-existence (these four makes Antahkaran) only then he is able to help others.

HJ|H ; | J|U v
N| N|H| ; N N|U v
U m:- H|JH-HH, Almighty1 -|Nm, immersed1 |-|UH, honour1
N|H|-H|JH, praise1 N -J| N HNU1 N|U-NU| |1
H N HU HHU J m HH (HJ|H) |8 J, H U| MN MN |8 |UH
(|) JU| J1 H U| Hl NU| J| N HNU, H U| H|JHl |m J1
The one who understands the Gurus hymn and immersed in the creator (Brahm-Almighty),
he is respected in this and next world.
Such fortunate persons worth is beyond anyones evaluation means that his praise is
countless.

HJ U ; J |Jm HH|U v
N , | ; H8 |U v?v
U m:- HJ-|H, wherever1 J- J|, there1 HH|U-HH|Um, immersed1
-J|Um1 H8 |U-|H8 J|, H8 U 1
|H | U J| |HH |JN HH |Jm H|Fm J, N H| N|JU J |H8 NN
(H8 |U) J HH J|Um Jv?v
The one who sees immersed Almighty within the entire visible creation, Guru Ji says that
such person has definitely crossed the materialistic worldly ocean.

H HU N NJ H N|mM ; |H |m HM HH v
U m:- H-H, the1 NJ-|N, where1 H-H, residence1 N|mM-NJ|U,
said to be1 |H-|HH1
H ?9 - H |JN (HU) U |H |N NJ|U J!
H ?7 - |HH NN HH HHU HU|U, J UH |NJ J!
Question No. 71: Where is to be said the residence of Almighty?
Question No. 72: What are the sermons by which this worldly ocean can be crossed.


H mNM U| NJ|m ; |H NJ N m v
U m:- -|, three1 H-H, seven1 mNM-NM, fingers1 U|-F, air,
breath1 NJ-NJ|U, said1 N-|NJ, NF, who1 m-m, mH, support1
H ? - | m H ( H) UH NMl U| | H F F Hl |8 J
HlU NJ|U J, Jl Fl U m NF J!
Question No. 73: The exhale breath length is known to be ten (10) fingers from the nostrils
(upon the blow from the nose), who is the support for the breath (or the life forces within the
body during breath absence) which leaves the body until the breath is inhale again from the
nose?

M M mH| J ; |N N| mM MU v
U m:- mH|-|UH|, stop, steadfast1 |N N|-|N NN, how1 mM-mM
HH1 MU-HF1
H ?0 - mN HNM (M) m MU (M) HH NU J|Um H H
88M J, J |N |UH| J!
H ? - |N mM HH m m H| HF!
Question No. 74: How would the mind which creates various thoughts, completing self-
wishes and non-stop roaming around will ever stop wandering and remain focussed?
Question No. 75: How would the non-comprehensible Almighty, make himself to be known
by this jeev (being)?

H|F HmH| H8 N ; F mF H HHU v
U m:- H|F-HF, listen1 H8-H8 HH, True Almighty1 F-N|JU Jl, say1
' ?0 - N H| N|JU J, J HH| H| HF1 mF H HH, |N HH
|H|m J m HH H| J1 H H 88M J, J |UJ |8 N M |UH| J
HlU J1
mN U Nl |8 |Hl J:-
Answer No. 74: Guru Ji says that one should make the mind to understand that the world is
fake and Almighty is the truth upon contemplating this fact the ever wandering mind will
come to a standstill state. Guru Ji further explains the principal fact in the following two
lines;


NH| HU H|8 |M MN ; N| U| H|M |HMU v
U m:- |M-||, concentration1 MN-|HM, MN1 U|-|HJ, |N,
blessing1 H|M-HM |8, union1 |HMU-|HM M, to unite1
H |JN |N NN mF HHN (H|M) |8 |HM l Nl Um |UH |H8 NN
H8 |8 || (|M) MNU| J1
The ones who are blessed by Almighty are gathered in congregation of truth in which through
a Guru the faith is developed in Almighty thereafter the mind is focussed on the greatest
(Almighty).

m U m | ; |N HHU vcv
U m:- U-|UM U|m HF M, mHHH|, the knower of heart1 |-
UFM, F M, the observer1 |N-NH, |NHH, fate, destine1
m J| |JN U J mU U| HF M J m m J| |JN UFJ
(|) J1 H |JN |8 Nl NN H| HHU J1 |UH N MU MU
H mH| JU Jvcv
Almighty is the knower of hearts (Dana the knower of all thoughts within) and he also
oversees all that one does (Bina), only with complete destiny (Bhag) jeev (being) immerses in
Almighty, in this manner the ever flickering and wandering mind becomes standstill and
focussed.

H HU N || H ; mM , HJ U J HU| v
U m:- ||-|UN H, in a consistent state1 H-H, existence1 mM-
mM1 HJ-|H1 J- J|1 HU|-J HH1
' ?9 - |JN H mM J, H U H |H U|U J, J| J J, H
J1
Answer No. 71: The existence of Almighty who is beyond comprehension is within all that
one can see means that Almighty is in his complete existence within the entire creation.


N H H |H ; mNM NM HU| v
U m:- -F, breath, life force1 H-m, thoughtless 1 mNM-NMF
|J, NMH, beyond illusion, free from distress1 -, embrace1
U H H m (H) HH |8 J| |H J1 J H |NJ |HJ J, m
NM m NMHl |J (mNM) J m H|ml |8 J J| HN| |Jm
J, J J| H|ml U mH J |HH NN H| 8M |J J1
The ultimate life (Pavan-life) is residing within the thoughtless (Afur) Almighty, the
Almighty is without imagination and distress (kalesh) therefore Almighty has empowered all
the creation means that with the animated power (Chetan) of Almighty (Atma) all the life
forces comes into action.

U| N , HU W H|J H ; |8J H NU v
U m:- U|-|N, 1 HU-UH, sermons1 W-H ll |8, H |UMl
|8, within all hearts 1 H-M, illusion1 NU-NU J, sing1
H N |N N l N UH H |8 HU J, l J| H |8 H N |UU J1
Gurus sermons reside within the mind only when Guru becomes merciful and only then the
illusions that are created by the mind (bharam) are vanished.

H |HM , |HM F| ; H H| HU v
U m:- -H|, body1 |HM-|, pure1 F|-M F|, speech1
HU |UJ H| H |8 H H U H |HM JU J m H U| M F| |
|HM JU| J1
When this jeev holds Almightys Name within the mind then the body (serir), speech (bani)
and mind (man) becomes pure.

H|U N HN |m ; |U UN HF v
U m:- HN-HH HHU, worldly ocean1 |U -|U , MN MN, this
world and the next world1 UN-|UN HH, one Almighty1 HF-HFU J,
acknowledge1
' ?7 - Nl U UH Um HN HU|U J m MN MN (|U )
|8 |UN HHl HFU J1
Answer No. 72: The worldly ocean can be crossed with Gurus sermons (instructions) that
proves the Almighty presence here (in this world) and after (in the next world).

|8J J| |Um H|Um ; N HU F vcv
U m:- |8J-|8, mark, 1 -N, colour1 |Um-m||Um, shadow means
ignorance1
' ? - |HH U NU| |8 m NU| F J| J, m|Um (|Um) m H|Um
U |HH |8 J| J, N H| N|JU J, H mM N HU NN H
FU J, HH N HU Um mF m HFU Jvcv
U |Hl |NJ mH| l U mJ Um mJ |m H|1 m |NJ |N H
U m J l JF |UJ ' U U mJ NF J1 |UH N H| N|JU
J:-
Answer No. 75: Almighty who has no sign and belonging to a particular sect, He is free from
ignorance and mammon (maya), Guru Ji says that such non-comprehensible Almighty is
recognised by Gurus hymn means that Almighty allows himself to be known through Gurus
hymn.
Then the Sidhas said we consume air in subsituition of food, you (Guru Nanak Dev Ji) told
earlier that Almighty is the support of air therefore tell us what do the air consume, Guru Ji
answers;

H mNM U| ; m H H8 mJ v
U m:- -|, three1 H-H, seven1 mNM-NMl, fingers1 U|-F, air,
breath1 m-J m, J N1 H-m, thoughtless state1 mJ-mJ, H,
N, food1
' ? - J m! UH NMl H Hl U J mU J, H U H8 HH
J| mJ H J, H U | 8 HH J| m J1
Answer No. 73: Dear Ascetic (Avdut- beyond wordly attachments), the ten fingers exhale
breath length, the true offering by reciting Almightys Name is the consumption and support
which means that with animations (Chetan) power the air is able to move.

NH| M |M ; 8| mM m v
U m:- |M-M MU J, churn1 8|-HH, understand1
Nl Um H H H l |HH NN N (M) MU J, |Hl H U
|8 NU J, |H|m Ul U| Hl J N mM m H JH J
H |J8FU J1
Through Guru one who utters (recites) the Almightys Name discovers the principal
(Almighty) who is the life within all means that one who recites Almightys Name removes
the desires for false worldly materials and recognises the beyond comprehension (Alakh) and
limitless (Apaar) Almighty.

NF H HU HU ; H| 8N mJN v
U m:- NF-NFl (H, H, H), three characteristics of Maya1 8N-H,
obliterates1
HU | NFl (H, H, H) H NN N UH H |8 HU J l H
|8 JN (8N) HlU J1
The one who obliterates (vanishes) the three characteristics of mammon (maya) known as
Sato (calmness), Rajo (activeness) and Tamo (laziness), embraces Gurus sermon within the
mind, have their self-created ego to eradicate naturally.

m| J| UN HF ; J| |H MN |m v
U m:- m|-mU, within1 UN-|UN |JN, One (Almighty)1 HF-HFU J,
knows1 J| |H-J| U H |8, Almightys Name1
mU J |UN J| HFU J, l | J| H |8 |m MNU J1
Such person who recognises only Almightys existence within and externally loves
Almightys Name alone.

HH |U |NM ; H m mM MU v
U m:- HH-|8NM| | |H HH |JU J1 |U-| H U| |,
left nostril nerve1 |NM-HH| H U| |, right nostril nerve1 mM-HH1 MU-
MU, HFU, make other to know1
HU m HH (mM) M, HF U H H H (HH |U |NM) |
NFl U J, HU m HF U NH 8 HHl HF|U J1
UH m:- HU | Hl Um 8F (|U), |JF (HH)
(|NM) U N HH U mM mF m MU J1
When the unrevealed (Alakh) Almighty reveals Himself only then (Sukhmana, Ira & Pingula)
Rajo, Sato and Tamo the three charcteristics are understood means that one reliases the truth
that mammon (maya) is unanimated (Jarr) and acknowledges the life (Chetan-Almighty)
which animates the entire universe.
Second Meaning: When one understands the method of controlling the breath movements
with respect to the tenth door by uplifting (Ira), maintaining (Sukhmena) and descent
(Pingula) then the unrevealed Almighty reveals himself.
Third Meaning: When one adopts untimate knowledge of Almighty (Brahmvidya-Sukhmna),
meditation (Bhagti Ira) and reality of deeds (Karam katha Pingula) then the unrevealed
Almighty reveals himself.

N , |J | H8 ; H|N H|U HHU vOv
U m:- |J-|l, | NF, three1 |-'8, above, beyond1 H8-H8 ,
true1 H|U-UH, sermon1 HHU-HHU J, immerse1
N H| N|JU J, | NFl (|J) H8 ' J, |UJ H8 J| HFU J
H Nl U UH |8 HHvOv H;
Guru Ji says that the True (Almighty) is above all the three characteristics but only those are
aware who merges into the Gurus sermon. Questions by Sidhas;

H N H| N|mM ; NJ H U| v
U m:- H|-H|F1 N|mM-NJ|U J1 NJ-|NH1 H-H1 U|-lU1
H ? - H U mH F NJ|U J, Fl NN H U J F |NH
H lU J!
Question No. 76: The life of the mind is said to be the life-force (Pran) means that mind is
energised by the life-force (Pran), however what dainty does life-forces (Pran) consume?

|Nm N| HU N m ; |H N| N NHU| v
U m:- HU-HUl, |H|, ear-rings1 N-|NJ|, which1 NHU|-HN| U
H, earning1
H ??. J m! |Nm U| |H| |NJ| J!
H ?c. |H H U| H U| NHU| |NJ| J m HN| U H |NJ J! N
H| N|JU J U|ml NMl l N1 U mJ H H8 m |Nm U|
|H| NM |J JFl U ' | mH| N|J |U J1 |UH MU| |UJl Hl
(? m ?? H) U ' | J NU J1 JF H U| NHU| HF:-
Question No. 77: Dear Ascetic (Avdut- beyond wordly attachments), what are the knowledge
ear-rings?
Question No. 78: What is the earning for salvation of a Sidh means that what is the method of
obtaining salvation?
Guru Ji says, do not argue I have explain previously that the (Answer No. 75) consumption of
life-forces is Almighty and (Answer No. 76) the knowledge ear-rings is to be without
imaginations (illusionary maya) , the both questions had been answered and now listen about
the earnings in order to obtain salvation.


| HU H m , m JH |mH HU| v
U m:- | HU-| N UH , without Gurus sermons1 H-mH H,
the ultimate pleasure of Almighty1 JH-mJN, pride, ego1 |mH-|H, thirst for
materials1 HU|-J| HlU|, never quenches1
' ?c - J m! |l N U UH mH H J| mU m JH HH
Ul U| |H (|mH) J| HU| J1
Answer No. 78 - Dear Ascetic (Avdut- beyond worldly attachments), without Gurus
sermons the taste of salvation cannot be attained therefore the greed (Pias-thirst) for worldly
materials will never depart; continue on the next line;

H|U m|H H |Um ; H8 J mWU| v
U m:- -N, immersed1 m|H H-HN| U H, taste of nectar1 mWU|-
H, |, contented1
H Nl U HU |8 J, Jl HN| N H (m|H) |Um J1 H H8 H
N | J J J1
|l Hl U | J| ' |UJl U Nl |8 N|JU J1 |HHU| | |l J
HH m |mH J| HlU| J, H HH |l J |NH U H J| J8
U| H mH H lU J1
Those who are immersed in Gurus hymn they have attain the ambrosia (Ras) of salvation
and upon obtaining the ambrosia they are contented (Tript)
Guru responded to all the three question raised in the above two lines with an answer that
without the attainment of Almighty, ego, attachment and thirst (for worldly materials) and
non of other earning attainment can ever reach the equivalence to the ambrosia attained from
the union with Almighty which means that one consumes the ambrosia form of Almightys
power.


N | |H mH| J|m ; |N H| |H v
U m:- |-|, mNM, intellect1 mH|- 8M|UH JF M, steadfast,
permenant1 |N-|NJ1 |H-| JU|U J, satisfied, contented1
H ?c - J |NJ| | J, |HH NN mH| J|U J!
H cO - |NJ H F M | JU|U J!
H8 N H |Nm H (mW|U) |JU J, UJ| |Nm U| HU |H| J1 H
|| J m N HU |8 |JF |UJ |H U| NHU| J1
Question No. 79: By which intellect jeev remains steadfast (free from birth and death)?
Question No. 80: Which is the food that makes jeev to be contented?
Additional view: By attaining Almighty the knowledgeable (Gianwan) jeev stays contented
and this is the sign of knowledge ear-ring. If jeev is contented and stay immersed in Gurus
hymn (Gurshabad) this known is as the truthful (Sidki) earnings.

N U H HH N| H ; H|N NM NH v9v
U m:- HH-HH, equivalent1 H-HF, know1 NH-, consume1
' ?c - N H| N|JU J, |N U H HH N HF, |UH HH | NN
mH| J|U J1
' cO - H|N U UH H NN | JU|U J, |UH M NM J| lU
Jv9v
Answer No. 79: Guru Ji says that happiness and sadness should be equally accepted with a
steady intellect (Budhi) therefore the jeev remains in a consistent state.
Answer No. 80: Jeev that consumes the Gurus sermons form of food remains contented
therefore the death angel never consumes (Gras - devour) the being (jeev).


|N ; |H J| H v
| N HU ; H|M |M v
U m:- -|Nm, , immersed1 |H-mU, bliss1 H-HH, engrossed1
H|M |M-H M N, burn1 -HU, , heated1
H c9 - H (|N) |8 J| |JU, |N !
H c7 - mU (|H) |8 J| HH JU, |N J!
H c - |l N U UH U N H HMU MU (|M) N JU J, J
|N K (H|M) J!
Question No. 81: If the being (jeev) is not immersed in Almightys love, how can then he be
immersed?
Question No. 82: If the being (jeev) is not immersed in bliss, how can then he be engrossed in
bliss?
Question No. 83: Without the Gurus sermon the being (jeev) gets burn (in world desires)
which heats (in the thirst for more materials) him, how can then he be cooled down?

|U |m ; HU |m v
H|m ; H8 m|m v
U m:- |U-|H, sperm1 |m-N|Jm, H|m, utter1 -F, breath1
H|m-H, corrected, tune1 m|m-m, remember 1
H c0 - |U J| |m, |N !
H c - HU J| N|Jm, |N NJ!
H c - () Fl J| H|m, |N H!
H c? - H8 J| m|m, |N m!
Question No. 84: How shall he preserve his seed (sperm) which he never kept?
Question No. 85: Never utters the Almightys praises hymn, how will he utter the hymn?
Question No. 86: One has not tune his life-force, how can one tune his life-forces (pran)?
Question No. 87: One has not remembered Almighty, how can one remember Almighy?


mN N M ; HH N| J v
N ; mH H N MJ v7v
U m:- mN-N J1 HH-HH ||1 mH H-HH1 MJ-
NU J1
mN U| N M N H |8 H| HH U| || NN J, |UH| J, N H| N|JU
J, l HH (mH H) (MJ) JU J1 |UH || |8 H N J
HlU Jv7v
The discourse of the unrevealed (Akath) be contemplated in the mind with consistent state
which then resides within.
Guru Ji says only then the Almighty (Atam Ram) can be obtained. Know this as the method
of attaining everything.

NHU| ; N v
m|H |m ; H8 H v
U m:- NHU|-N U| |N, Gurus blessing1 H-HH, engrossed1
' c9 - |HH ' N U| |N J, J H |8 |JU J1
' c7 - |HH UH m|H | J, J H8 mU |8 HH (H) |JU
J1
Answer No. 81: Being (Jeev) remains immersed in Almightys love with Gurus blessings.
Answer No. 82: Whomever drank the nectar form of Gurus sermon shall remain engrossed
in true bliss.


N |8| ; mN| || v
m| |U ; mH H | v
U m:- |8|-|81 ||-U N||1 m|-m|H1 |- N|1
' c - H N UH |8 M J|Um J, H |H mN| || J1
J J| H|M J|Um J1
' c - |Hl Nl Um UH m|H (m|) | J, Jl Um HU
8 H H1
' c0 - Nl Um UH m|H |, HU mH H M J U
|H (|U) |m HlU J1 U Hl U |UN ' J1
Answer No. 83: One who becomes the contemplator of Gurus sermons has vanish the the
fire of greed and become peaceful.
Answer No. 84: The one who drinks the nectar of Gurus sermons attains inner-bliss and this
how he preserves his seed (sperm) means he is free from the influence of sexual desires.
Answer No. 85: One who has drink the nectar form of Gurus sermons though Gurus mercy
has utter the hymn which means one has recited the the Almightys name.

H8 m|m ; NH| | v
N ; N |8| vv
U m:- m|m-H|m, remember1 -U, swim across1 |-UH
|, boat 1 N-NU|1 |8|-|8, scholar1
' c - |HH N UH NN H8 m|m J, H F H|m
J1
' c? - N UH | (|) NN H| HH HHU U J1 N H|
N|JU J, |UH NM NU| |8 (|8|) J| U Jvv
H:-
|Hl N H| N N| J |N H |8 J| J, mU |8 | HH J| J J
N HU |l J1 |UH NN HMU MU |JU J1 |H | |Nm J| J1
N HU | J| H|m J1 | |Nm J| J m H8 m|m J| J1
|JMl HH ' J, N NM |UJ J| m |HH NN N|JU J, |N N |N
NN H H |8 Jl m H H H m|H | J |U H8 mU |8 HH Jl1
Nl Um |H|m N mH| |8| JU Jl1 |U |H mN| | N| J1

|UH M Hl| Jl m m|H H | J H U HU 8 N|
J1 |UH NN mH| mH H U M JU Jl1 |U |U |Nm, H8 H
m|m J m Nl Um UH (|) U N ' HH HHU Jl1
|UH NN HF U| (H|m) |Nm J1 N H| N|JU J, HK |UH 'l
NU| |8 HHU J1
Answer No. 86: One who remembered the truth with Gurus sermons has tuned his life-force
(pran).
Answer No. 87: Through Gurus sermon one remembers Almighty as Gurus sermons is the
ship to ferry across the worldly materialistic ocean.
Guru Ji says that this fact is only discovered by the wise ones. Question;
Second meaning of the Pauri 63;
The sidhas raised an argument with Guru Ji by asking above questions (No. 81 to 87)
disputing Guru Jis wisdom as they could never believe that one in such a young age would
be immersed in Almightys Name, either engrossed in Almightys Name and moreover
without a physical Guru. The believed that it is impossible for one to attain wisdom without
Gurus hymns and without which one is being burned and heated all the time. The sidhas also
accussed Guru Ji for being married and never meditated on Gurus hymn either has tuned the
life-forces nor has remembered Almighty.
As answers given earlier but precisely on the personal attack. Guru Ji explains that with
Gurus blessing I am immersed in the principal (Tat-Almighty) love, I have drunk the nectar
of Almightys Name by which I am engrossed in the true bliss. I become the contemplator of
the principal (Almighty) and false (world) by which the free of greed has been extinguished,
whereby I have attained peace and drank the nectar of Almightys Name which means I have
uttered the hymn of Almightys Name by which I become the inner-self (Atam- real-self)
happiness embracer in this manner I have blocked the seed by remembering the true
(Almighty) and through Gurus sermon form of ship I have acrossed the worldly ocean
therefore know this as the method adopted to tune all the life-forces (pran). Guru Ji says that
only the wise contemplators are able to understand all my answers;



|UJ H HNM NJ H|mM ; NJ H |UJ v
U m:- HNM- J|, elephant1 NJ-|N, where1 H|mM-HU, resides1 H-
HU1 -F, F, air, breath, life force1
H cc - |UJ H J| |N HU J!
H cc - |UJ |N HU J!
Question No. 88: Where do the elephant form of mind resides? (Mind is refered to as
elephant because the pride and ego)
Question No. 89: Where do this life-forces resides?

NJ H H HU m ; N 8N H N v
U m:- NJ-|N, where1 H-HU, resides1 HU-|JN, Almighty1
N-|HH M, with whom1 8N-8N H, U J H, ends, ceases1 -|,
NF, roaming, wandering1
H cO - J m N! J |JN (HU) |N HU J!
H c9 - |HH UH N H U H U NF (|) 8N H, J |NJ
UH J!
Question No. 90: Dear Ascetic (Avdut- beyond wordly attachments) Nanak, where do the
Almighty reside?
Question No. 91: Which is the discourse upon listening to which the mind stops (cease)
wandering

U| N H|N HM ; |H W| H |UJ H U v
U m:- U|-|HJ, |N, blessing1 HM-HM U, unite1 |H W|-H H,
real-self1 H-|J, steadfulness1 U-, U J, attain1
' cc - H HH H N l H|Nl HM l mF H |8 |UJ H H
U J1
Answer No. 88: When Almighty blesses his vision of blessings only then one meets a True
Guru thereafter mind (akin to Elephant due to its ego and pride) resides in its very own self
means then the mind desolves by uniting in Almighty.



m m |U |HM J ; |H JU v
U m:- m-m J|, ownself1 m-mF m, JN, ego, self1 |U- M,
eat, consume1 |HM-|, pure1 -UU, run, roam1 |H-NF, to stop1
JU-, keep1
' c9. JN H m J| (m m) M l |UJ H |HM JU J1 U
H |H N , N UH NN H N F |HU J1
|H H| U H NU J:-
Answer No. 91: The mind becomes pure once one who eats its own created ego and only then
the mind stops wandering with the aid of Gurus discourse. Guru Ji answered the most
mysterious fact the ego in true perspective do not have any existence just like darkness but it
is created by the jeev (being) himself by self proclaimed subjects such as worldly materials,
virtues, power of command, appereance, position, sect, caste, etc. therefore the ego can only
be vanished by the being himself with the realisation of truth through Gurus sermons. The
ego cannot be destroyed but can only be desolve in a greater form which the one and only
Almighty.
Sidhas raised the questions pertaining to physical body;

|N HM F , mH HF ; |N H|H W| H HH v
U m:- HM-H, HH, primal1 F-F M, HF M, recognise1 |N-
|N, how1 H|H-8UH, moon1 H-HH, sun1 HH-HH H, immerse1
H c7. HM NF |N F!
H c. mH |N HF!
H c0. 8UH (H|H) W |8 HH |N HH, Hl| (NU|) Hl
M |U |8 |Nm |N J!
Question No. 92: How would one recognise the principal cause (Almighty)?
Question No. 93: How would one know its real-self (Atma)?
Question No. 94: How would the sun immerse in the house of the moon means how would
the peace and ascetic (vairagi the ones who are free from worldly desires) ones who
practices religion will attain knowledge.
Guru Ji answers the question no. 94;


NH| JH |8J ; N HJ|H HH v0v
U m:- JH-JN, ego1 |8J-mU, within1 -J U, HN U, losses1
-l1 H|JH-H|JH |8, mKM |8, consistent state1
' c0. N H| N|JU J, H Nl Um (NH|) |8J JH l H HN
(H|H W|) H|J mHN J, H |8 |Nm (HJ|H) HH HHU J1 HU
HH U| N l H|N HM l |UJ |H W H U J, |U mH HFU
Jv0v
Answer No. 94: Guru Ji says that through a Guru who effaces (vanish) ego within therefore
the knowledge (sun) immerses in the house of Antahkaran which has embraced the Satogun
(moon) and when Almighty blesses his vision only then True Guru is met thereafter one
abides in the own-self resident (Nij-ghar), this is how one knows the real-self. Guru Ji
explains that in order for one to be enlightened, one must read, contemplate and practice
Gurbani by which the ego is eradicated by the divine knowledge which illuminates in a calm
mind, intellect, memory and self.

|UJ H |J8M |JU H|mM ; NH| HM |F J v
U m:- |J8M-mKM, NF |J, stable1 H|mM-HU J, resides1 HM-
H, prime1 J-J J1
' cc. |UJ H |J8M J N |JU |8 HU J1
' c7. NH HM HFU J m N |H M |UH H| U| | J,
|UH l F J Jvv
Answer No. 88: The mind resides in within the real-self (Atma) upon becoming thoughtless
(stand still).
Answer No. 92: Gurmukh recognises the principal cause (Almighty) by acknowledging the
fact of this physical body made from the combination of ovum and sperm whereas the life is
Almighty himself.


| W| mH|F H ; NH| H MJ v
U m:- |-|, belly button1 -F, air1 H-U J, sits1 H-MU,
HFU, search1 -HM, mH, principal1 MJ-MU J, obtain1
' cc - | W |8 mH N U J, | mH |8 U|
|UH|| J1
' c - NH H MJ |U mH HFU J1
Answer No. 89: The breath (life-force) reside in the belly button (Naabi).
Answer No. 93: Gurmukh explores and discovers the real-self (Atma) within which means
that through a True Guru one becomes Gurmukh who follows Gurus instructions without
any hesitation or doubts thereafter discovers Almighty within in form of real-self (Atma).

H HU || |H W| m ; |F H| H H|U MJ v
U m:- H HU-|JN, Almighty1 ||-|UN H, consistent state1 |H
W|-mF W, real-self1 m-J1 |F-| F, three places1 H|-|mN,
omnipresent1 MJ-HFU J, UU J, knows1
' cO - |JN (H HU) |UN H (||) |UN mF W HH |8 J1
| l |8 J HHl (H|) |mN J1 |UH NM (H) N U UH (H|U)
M HHU (MJ) J1
Answer No. 90: Almighty is omnipresent as his presence is everywhere as the whole creation
is His residence; His presence is completely within three places (dimensions) but this reality
can only be known through Gurus sermons.
U H8 N| ; H8 J| ||H J v
U m:- U-U, pain1 -, hunger1 H8-H8 |JN U|1 |H-|
JU, satisfied, contented1 J-|JU J, remain1
JF |Hl 8MU J, H H8 |JN U| J l Ul HlU J1 H8 U| 8J M
J| mHl | J |JU J1
Now Guru Ji explains the principals; the hunger for the True Almighty eats all the beings
(jeev) pains and with the desire for the True Almighty being (jeev) stays contented from all
wishes.


mJU F| NH| HF| ; |M N m v
U m:- mJ-|UN H, consistent state1 F|-UH, sermon1 HF|-HF| J,
known1 |M-|M J|, -, NU|-NU|, rare one1 m-m mU J,
contemplate1
Nl Um |UN H (mJU) UH (F|) U| || HF| J, |N|N |UJ m |NH
|M mU J1
Through a Guru, the limitless uninstrumented tune (Anhad-Bani) is heard within which
attained through a consistent state and the practice of Gurus sermon however this fact as
explained in this hymn (shabad) is only known by very few.

N m H8 H ; H|8 N NJ H vv
U m:- H8 H-H8 NJ, utterance of truth1 -N, immerse1 NJ-NU |,
never1 H-J| HlU, never goes1
N H| N|JU J, H8 J| H NJ m H8 H |8 H N () l |UJ N NU| |
J| HU vv
Guru Ji says that one who speaks the truth and dyes the mind with the True Name
(Almightys Name) thereafter the colour of True Name never fades or disappears.

H |UJ |JU UJ J| ; H N J v
U m:- UJ-H|, body1 J|- JU|, non-existence1 -l, then1 N-
|N, where1 J-|JU, dwells1
H c - HU |UJ |JU m UJ J| JU| H|, U |UJ H |N (N) |JU H|!
Question No. 95: Where did the mind reside when the real-self (Atma within the body) and
body was not in existence?
| NHM mH J ; N W| HJ v
U m:- | NHM-| (belly button) NHM (lotus)1 mH-mH, support1
J- JU1 N-|N1 HJ-HJ, mH, support1
H c - HU | NHM mH J| (mH) JU H| l HH () |NJ W U
H|J HHN |NH U mH H|!
Question No. 96: When there was no support from mothers neval then where did the breath
resided which means that what was the support for the breath at that time?


J NU| ; H|U NJ |M MU| v
U m:- -mN, form1 -J U|ml MN|l, lines on the palm and feet1
NU|-NU|1 H|U-HH1 NJ-|N, where1 |M-N, ||, concentration1
MU|-MN|, MNU|, focused1
H c? - J| H| | | NU| (NU|) J| H| l HH U| |N |M MN|
H|, |NH H |8 |mN H|!
Question No. 97: When there was no form neither cause (Rekh-the line created based on
previous deeds), then where was the Almightys meditational focus concentrated means in
which Almighty was immersed?

N |U N| H| J| ; |H| N|H| J| U| v
U m:- N-ovum1 |U-|H, sperm1 H|-UJ, H|, body1 J|-
JU|1 |H|-HUU, practice1 N|H|-HM, value1
H cc - N |U U| H| H UJ J, HU J J| JU| H| U HUU (|H|) U|
N|H J| U| HU| H|, U NH |NH U HM FU H!
Question No. 98: When the ovum and sperms physical body was not in existence then the
value of practice was not determined means that whose value was recognised by the
Gurmukh?

mH H| ; |N N| H|H H8 v
U m:- -N, caste1 -, form1 mH-H, specific form1 H|-
J| HU1 |N-|N1 H|H-H|Fm, known1 H8-H8 |JN1
H cc - HU |UJ J| HF|U J, l |NH N HH (H8)
H|Fm HlU H|, U MN| |8 H| |N U|U| H|!
Question No. 99: When the caste, costume and form was unknown then how was Almighty
being recognised means that how was then the light (Almighty) being obtained?


N |H N| ; |U H8 H8 vv
U m:- |H -H |8 N1 N|-N, H|mH|, ascetic1 |U-JF,
now1 U-U, then1
N H| N|JU J, H H| |8 J, J N| |N J1 JF (|U) HU N
F|U |J J m U |HH HH HU F|U |J J| H|, J H U |H8 |8
l H8 J| H8 Jvv
Guru Ji says that those who are immersed in Almightys Name become ascetic (Vairagi
freedom from worldly desires) have ever consistent faith without any change during the
materialisation of life-forces or without the life-forces as in their believe in truth (Truth ever
exist before, during and after the creation). Guru Ji gave an ideological answer for the
questions.

|JU UJ J| m ; H H| J N| v
U m:- UJ-H|, body1 -l, then1 H|-m, thoughtless state1
' c - J m! HU |JU m UJ J| JU| H| U |UJ H NHl M |N
J N m (H|) |8 |JU H|1
Answer No. 95: Dear Avdut, when the real-self (Atma within the body) and body was not in
existence the mind remained in thoughtless form.

| NHM mH J ; |H W| H mN| v
U m:- |-|1 mH-mH, support1 J- JU1 |H W|-H H,
real-self1 H-HU, reside1 -HH, breath1 mN|-H| J N, lover1
' c - HU | NHM mH J| JU H| l HH mF H NF J (|H
W|), H| (mN|) J N HU J1
Answer No. 96: When there was no support from mothers neval then the breath resided in its
own-self (Nij-Ghar Atma) by becoming the lover which means that the breath was
supported by Almighty as He is the Primal Life of all therefore his Name itself is life.


|m H| J| ; mNM||F J HU H H v
U m:- -l1 mNM||F-NM |J, without lineage1 J-|JU J1
' c? - HU H| J| JU| H| l NM |J (mNM||F) H J, J J|
H J N |JU H|1
Answer No. 97: When there was no form, cause (Rekh-the line based on previous deeds) and
caste the Almighty who has no previous link with any generation lineages remain in His
principal form (Sar Roop).
N NN H |J J ; |F H| m |N v
U m:- N-||, earth1 NN-mNH, sky1 H-HU, then1 |F-|
F, three dimensions1 H|-NH, illumination1 |N-HH, Formless
(Almighty)1
' cc - HU ||, m mNH (N) J| JU H|, HU H J|
H|, U | l U | H| NH H |N J, J m mU| J| H|1
Answer No. 98: When the earth, air and sky was not in existence means when the five (5)
principal elements were not in existence then Almighty the Master of three worlds (universe
Akash, Dharti & Pataal) and self-illuminated was all alone which means that when there
was no creation at all, Almighty was there alone, whereby there was no practices as
Gurmukhs were immersed in Almighty.

mH H UN ; UN HU |KF| v
U m:- -N, caste, creed1 -H, constume means school of thought1
mH-H1 UN-|UN HH1 KF|-mH8H, astonishing1
' cc - mN () HU J |UN J| H| (mH), J mH8H
|UN JH J| |m NF |NH U N1
Answer No.99: When the caste, costume and form were only One (Almighty) whose form is
amazing then who shall meditate on whom means that Almighty was in His formless form
and there were no other.

H8 | H8 N J| ; N mN NJF| v?v
U m:- H8-H81 N-NU|1 mN-N |J1
H8 |l H8 NU| | J| J1 N H| N|JU J, |UJ mN NJF| J v?v |H
H NU J:-
Without adopting the truth non is pure, Guru Ji says this is the undiscourseable (connot be
completely described) description. Sidhas continues with their questions;


|N |N || HN H ; |N |N U| ||H HU| v
U m:- |N-|NH, by what1 ||-||, HN, method1 H-U JU J,
initiates1 ||H-U J H, H J H, vanishes away1
H 9OO. J ! |NH |NH || NN HN JU J!
H 9O9. |NH |NH || NN U |H HU J!
Question No. 100: Dear Purkha (Man) by which method the entire creation is brought into
existence?
Question No. 101: By which method one perishes (vanishes) in pain?
JH ||8 HN H ; |H |H|m U U| v
U m:- H-U JU J, HU J, initiate1 -J ! |H|m-M 1
U|-U J, obtain1
' 9OO - J ! JH |8 HN HU J1
' 9O9 - H |H NN H N U U J1
Answer No. 100: Dear Purkha (Man), the entire creation is brought into existence by ego.
Answer No. 101: Upon discarding the Almightys Name one perishes in pains means that the
entire materialistic worldly creation vanishes when one dies therefore pains are obtain after
death.

NH| J H |Nm |8 ; JH H|U HMU v
U m:- -H, , principal (Almighty)1 |8-|8U J, contemplate1
JH-mJN, ego1 HMU-HMU J, HU J, burn1
H NH JU J, J |Nm NN () |8U J m JH N UH
NN HMU J1
Through knowledge Gurmukh contemplates on Almighty, in this manner Gurmukh burns
(vanishes) his ego within with Gurus sermons.


H |HM , |HM F| ; H8 J HHU v
U m:- -H|, UJ|, body1 |HM-|, pure1 F|-M|, speech1 H8-
H8 |81 HHU-HHU J, immersed1
H H8 |8 HHU J, J H NN |HM J m Jl U| F| | HM
|J J1
Those are pure whose body and mind is immersed in Almighty, their speech also becomes
free from the dirt of false.

H |H J N| ; H8 |m | v
U m:- H-H| HH1 |H-H |81 |-|JU mU, within heart1
- NU J, embraced1
H |HH NN |N J|Um H| HH |8 |UH| J N |JU J1 H8 M
, H J| |JU |8 NN U J1
By remembering Almightys Name one becomes ascetic (Biraket freedom from worldly
desires) and remain attached to Almighty then through speaking the truth one adopts
Almightys form within.
N, | HN NU J ; UJ |U |8 vcv
U m:- |-|, without1 - U H , Almightys Name1 HN-H,
union1 |U-|JU |8, within heart1 |8-|8 NN, contemplate1
N H| N|JU J, J |H! H| |JU |8 |8 NN U |l H HN |
NU| J| JUvcv JF |Hl N|JU J:-
Guru Ji says that Dear Sidhas contemplate in your mind, you will know that without
Almightys Name Yog (the union with Almighty) can never be attained.

NH| ; H8 HU |8 N|U v
NH| ; H8 F| N J|U v
U m:- H|8-H8, true1 HU-, Almighty1 N|U-NU|1 H8-H8|1
NU| NH J| H8 HH |8U J m NHl U| H8| F| HH |8 N
JU| J1
Gurmukh is the only rare one who contemplates on the True Almighty.
The words that are uttered by Guru from His mouth manifest as the True Hymn (Gurbani) in
the entire universe.

NH| H |H ; |M N|U v
NH| , |H W| H J|U v
U m:- |H-|HU J, soaked means totally engrossed1 |M-NU| NU| J|, rare
one1 -U J, understands1 |H W|-H H, real-self1 H-|NF, |JU,
dwell1
Nl Um |NH |M U H |HU J1 |HH U |HU J, J J| U J,
HHU J1 |UH l NHl U H H (|H W|) |8 H JU J1
Through Guru only the very rare ones mind engrosses in Almighty and only those discovers
means that only those understand the truth.
Such Gurmukh abides (resides) in their true form (Atma real-self)

NH| ; HN| HN| F v
NH| N ; UN HF vcv
U m:- HN|-Hl8, method1 F-FU J, recognises1 UN-|UN , One
Almighty1
NH H HN| J, J HN U| HN |J8FU J1 N H| N|JU J, NH |UN
|JN J| HFU Jvcv
U N U| |UH|:-
9. N |UH| : HU N M| M H U J M| mF| |NJ
|NU J1 |UH l HH m m J| N m N HU J1
7. H |UH| : HU H M| M H U J M| H M ' mF|
|NJ |NU J1 |UH Hl NH |JN J| N m N HU
J1
Gurmukh is a true Yogi, who recognises the method to be in union with Almighty.
Guru Ji says that Gurmukh knows the Almighty alone means that they recognises Almighty
within the entire creation as the physical form of mammon (maya) made by the five principal
elements appears as false and they see Almighty equally in all.
There are two types of perception;
1. Dogs Preception Whenever dog is beaten by a stick, the dog keeps the sight on the
stick and tries to overpower the stick to avoid the harm. In the same manner some
people with such perception only recognises the physical forms as their cause of
happiness and sorrow therefore they blames others for all the matters which goes
against them.

2. Lions Perception When a stick beats a lion, the lion keeps the sight on the person
who is holding the stick and attacks the person without giving much concern to the
stick. In the same manner some fortunate ones with such vision only recognises
Almighty behind all the causes and despite of blaming other beings or Almighty they
accepts the reality that whatsoever is in favour or against them is all due to them as
the law of Karma.

| H|N H ; HN JU| v
| H|N ; HN| NU| v
U m:- H-|HH, remember1 -|HM, meet1 HN|-HN|, liberate1
H|N U| H |l HN U| | J| JU| m H|Nl |HM | HN| NU|
J| JU1
Without performing selfless service (Niskaam) for the True Guru (Satguru) Yog (the union
with Almighty) can never be attained.
Without meeting the True Guru (Satguru) no one is able to attain salvation.

| H|N ; H |Um H|U v
| H|N ; HJ U |U v
U m:- -|HM, meet1 HJ-, great1
|l H|N |HM H | J| |Um HlU m H|Nl |H|Mml |l U
U J1
Without meeting the True Guru, Almightys name cannot be obtained.
Without meeting the True Guru, jeev (being) obtains great pains.

| H|N ; HJ N| N| v
U m:- -|HM1 HJ-1 N|-JN, ego1 N|-J |8, darkness1
| H|N |HM K JN| (HJ N|) J HlU J1 |UH NN mH H U J
(N|) |8 |JU J1
Without meeting the Guru, one becomes greatly egoistic and in such state of mind one
remains in darkness (ignorance).


N , | N ; Hm HH J| v?Ov
U m:- Hm-H|m, dead1 J|-J N, N N, lose1
N H| N|JU J, Nl | mHMN HH HH HU |8 J N H|m Jv?Ov
Guru Ji says that without Guru one losses his precious life in worldly gamble and dies. Guru
explained that till the predetermined death one has a chance to attain salvation therefore one
gambles this precious life in worldly desires and misses the chance to attain salvation because
one did not embrace a Guru in his lifetime in order to realise the reality and be
knowledgeable about the reality thereafter the true mission of life.
NH| ; H H| , JH H| v
NH| ; H8 |m | v
U m:- H|-|H|m J, victories1 H|-H N, H NN, kill1 -|JU,
heart1 |- N, embrace1
NHl JH H N H |H|m J m NHl J| H8 |JU |8
|m J1
Gurmukh with the Gurus grace succeeded in killing his ego within and win over the mind.
Gurmukh has embraced the truth (Almighty) within his heart.

NH| HN H| ; HHNM H| |U| v
NH| ; UNJ m J| v
U m:- H|-|H|m, win over1 HHNM-HHl U NM, the angel of death who
kills1 |U|-, H N, smash1 UNJ- U| UNJ, Almightys Court1
m-J| mU|, never comes1 J|-J, defeat1
NHl HN |H|m J m HH H NM NU J, H H |U J1 NHl
UNJ |8 JU J| J1
Gurmukh has obtained victory over the world, also killed and smashed the angel of death
who brings death for all beings (jeev)
Gurmukh never faces defect in the Almightys court.


NH| ; H|M |HMU , H HF v
N , NH| ; H|U F v?9v
U m:- H|M- U HM |8, unite1 |HMU-|HMU J, in union1 H-J1
HF-HFU J, knows1 H|U-, Almighty1 F-FU J, HFU J,
recognise1
H NH U HM |8 mF m |HMU J, J H HFU J1 N H| N|JU
J, J J| NH (H|U) FU Jv?9v
Those who unite themselves in the congreagation of Gurmukh (Gurus word) shall know the
taste of Almightys bliss.
Guru Ji says that only such Gurmukh recognises Almighty in His hymn (Shabad) form.
HU N | H|F ; m | HN JU| v
U m:- |-|Hl, principal1 m-m, ascetic1!
J m |H! H ' (HU N) U |Hl HF1 H | HN U| | J|
JU|, HH |8 || J| MNU| J1
Dear Avdut (ascetic) Sidhas, now listen to the principals of the questions and answers, which
is that without Almightys Name the union (Yog) with Almighty can never be attained means
that concentration of mind in Almighty cannot be achieved.

H m|U H ; H H JU| v
U m:- H-H |8, Almightys Name1 -N1 m|U- (night) |U
(day)1 H-HH1 H-H |81 JU|-JU J1
H H |8 N J, J |U HH |JU J m H M J| H Hl U| |
JU| J1
Those who are immersed in Almightys love remains immersed in Almighty all times during
day and night, all happiness can only be obtained from Almightys Name.


H J| H N J ; H H| U| v
U m:- H-H |81 N-HJ, manifest1 H|-|Nm, HFN|,
enlightment1 U|-U|U| J, attain1
H M J| H NF N JU J1 H M J| H |Jl U| H| U|U| J1
All virtues are manifested from Almightys Name and through Almightys Name the
awareness of all worldly affairs are obtained means that the realisation of Almightys
existence within the entire universe and His Will in all the activities is obtained.

| N|J J ; H8 m| mU| v
U m:- | -H |, without Almighty Name 1 -H, costume means
school of thought1 J-J J, many1 H8-H8 , True means Almighty1
mU|-NU|, MU|, drift1
| H H J J| NU J, H8 mF H Jl U| | MU|
JU| J1
Those who are without Almightys Name those who adopts various costumes reflecting man-
made faiths, their intellect is being drift by Almighty Himself. Guru Ji explains that without
having faith on Almighty alone one wanders in various fake believes which are created by
human for their own benefits and misguides ignorant people however Guru Ji reveals the
ultimate truth that all are within Almightys will.

H|N H U|m m ; HN HN| JU| v
J m N H|! H H|Nl H J l HN U| HN| JU| J1
Dear Ascetic (Avdut- beyond wordly attachments) Gurakh Ji, the method of union (Yog) can
only be obtained upon the attainment of Almightys Name from the True Guru.

N| |8 H| UJ N ; | HN| JU| v?7v
U m:- N| |8-|8 NN, upon contemplating1 | -H |,
without Almightys Name1
N H| N|JU J, |8 NN H |8 U | H HN| U| | NU| J|
JN|v?7v
F| U| HH| NU JU HH U HH | NU J:-
Guru Ji says that contemplates in your mind and you shall conclude that without Almightys
Name, salvation can never be obtained.
On the completion of Sidh Gost hymn Guru Ji presents his request before Almighty in the
following Pauri.

| N| |H| J HF|J ; |Nm N m| F v
U m:- N|-N|, limit1 |H|-HUU, practice 1 J- J|, You1 HF|J-
HFU J, knows1 |Nm-N|1 N-NU|1 F-|m N, elaborate1
J N | N| U| HUU J| HFU J1 | HUU NU| N| N|J N |m
N1
Dear Almighty, only you know your limits of practice, as there is no one else who can
completely utter or elaborate your way.

m N m N ; m H| N HF v
U m:- N-|NF , formless1 N-HJ, evident1 HF-HFU J,
cherish1
m |NF (N) J m m J| HN (N) J1 m J| H mUl
HFU J1
You are the hidden (Nirgun-the formless form of Almighty which is invisible) and you are
evident (Sargun-manifested form of Almighty); you enjoy all the bliss.

H|N |H N J 8M ; H ||J HF v
U m:- H|N-H|NmH|, prcticer, seeker1 J-J, many1 H-MU, search1
||J-|U J, wander1 HF-JNH, command, Will1
H|NmH| (H|N) m |H N m J 8M JNH HU |U J1
The Practicers (or Seeker-Jagiasu), Sidhas, Guru and alots of disciple roams in the search for
your command (hukam).

HN|J H |U |UJ ||m ; UH N NF v
U m:- HN|J-HNU J, yearn1 |U-, attain1 ||m-H |,
charity1 N-, upon1 NF-|MJ, sacrifice1
H HNU J, N|JU J H H |UJ ||m mH| UH N HlU
Jl1
All of them ask for your (Almighty) name as donation by praying before you please bless us
with such a donation for which we will sacrifice upon your glimpse (Darshan).


m|H| | M 8|Um ; NH| H| JU| v
U m:- m|H|-|H |J, beyond death, undestructive1 M-K, play1
8|Um-|8m J, created1 H|-|Nm, , enlightment1
J mH| ! |UJ H M 8|Um J|Um J1 |UJ (H|) Nl J|
JU| J1

Dear Eternal (Abnasi Imperishable) Almighty, you have created the complete worldly game
however the relisation of such fact can only be attained through a Guru.

N H| HN m ; UH m NU| v?v9v
U m:- H| HN-H HNl |8, all ages1 -U J, existed1 m-J,
other1
N H| N|JU J, H HNl |8 m J| U J1 |l UH J NU| |
J| Jv?v9v
|UH UH HF NN | H |Hl U |JU |8 Hl JU| m | 88 N
K N |H N HHN NN N N U H| U NF N NU JU mF
mF mHl 8M NU1
Guru Ji says that Almighty himself has lived through all ages and there is no one else other
then You (Almighty) alone.
Upon listening to Guru Nanak Dev jis sermons the sidhas obtained peace in their heart
thereafter they stopped their discussion and bow to Guru Ji in humbleness and return to their
respective places which uttering the praises of Guru Ji.

Gurbani Contemplation - Dakhni Oangkaar and Sidh Gost

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Gurbani Contemplation - Dakhni Oangkaar and Sidh Gost

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Dekhni Oangkaar &

You might also like